Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-alpha.c revision 1.6
      1  1.1     skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1     skrll    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4  1.1     skrll    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5  1.1     skrll    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6  1.1     skrll    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7  1.1     skrll    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8  1.1     skrll 
      9  1.1     skrll    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10  1.1     skrll 
     11  1.1     skrll    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12  1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13  1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14  1.1     skrll    any later version.
     15  1.1     skrll 
     16  1.1     skrll    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17  1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18  1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19  1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20  1.1     skrll 
     21  1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22  1.1     skrll    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23  1.1     skrll    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24  1.1     skrll    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25  1.1     skrll 
     26  1.1     skrll /* Mach Operating System
     27  1.1     skrll    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28  1.1     skrll    All Rights Reserved.
     29  1.1     skrll 
     30  1.1     skrll    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31  1.1     skrll    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32  1.1     skrll    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33  1.1     skrll    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34  1.1     skrll    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35  1.1     skrll 
     36  1.1     skrll    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37  1.1     skrll    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38  1.1     skrll    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39  1.1     skrll 
     40  1.1     skrll    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41  1.1     skrll 
     42  1.1     skrll     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43  1.1     skrll     School of Computer Science
     44  1.1     skrll     Carnegie Mellon University
     45  1.1     skrll     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46  1.1     skrll 
     47  1.1     skrll    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48  1.1     skrll    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49  1.1     skrll 
     50  1.1     skrll #include "as.h"
     51  1.1     skrll #include "subsegs.h"
     52  1.1     skrll #include "struc-symbol.h"
     53  1.1     skrll #include "ecoff.h"
     54  1.1     skrll 
     55  1.1     skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     56  1.1     skrll 
     57  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     58  1.1     skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
     59  1.1     skrll #endif
     60  1.1     skrll 
     61  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     62  1.3  christos #include "vms.h"
     63  1.3  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     64  1.3  christos #endif
     65  1.3  christos 
     66  1.3  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     67  1.1     skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     68  1.1     skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
     69  1.1     skrll 
     70  1.1     skrll /* Local types.  */
     72  1.1     skrll 
     73  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     74  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     75  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     76  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     77  1.3  christos 
     78  1.3  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     79  1.3  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     80  1.3  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     81  1.1     skrll 
     82  1.1     skrll struct alpha_fixup
     83  1.1     skrll {
     84  1.3  christos   expressionS exp;
     85  1.3  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     86  1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     87  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     88  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     89  1.3  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     90  1.3  christos 
     91  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     92  1.3  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     93  1.1     skrll #endif
     94  1.1     skrll };
     95  1.1     skrll 
     96  1.1     skrll struct alpha_insn
     97  1.1     skrll {
     98  1.1     skrll   unsigned insn;
     99  1.1     skrll   int nfixups;
    100  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    101  1.1     skrll   long sequence;
    102  1.1     skrll };
    103  1.1     skrll 
    104  1.1     skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
    105  1.1     skrll   {
    106  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    107  1.1     skrll     MACRO_IR,
    108  1.1     skrll     MACRO_PIR,
    109  1.1     skrll     MACRO_OPIR,
    110  1.1     skrll     MACRO_CPIR,
    111  1.3  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    112  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EXP
    113  1.1     skrll   };
    114  1.1     skrll 
    115  1.1     skrll struct alpha_macro
    116  1.1     skrll {
    117  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    118  1.1     skrll   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
    119  1.1     skrll   const void * arg;
    120  1.1     skrll   enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
    121  1.1     skrll };
    122  1.1     skrll 
    123  1.1     skrll /* Extra expression types.  */
    124  1.1     skrll 
    125  1.1     skrll #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    126  1.1     skrll #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    127  1.1     skrll 
    128  1.1     skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    129  1.1     skrll #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    130  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    131  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    132  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    133  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    134  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    135  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    136  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    137  1.1     skrll #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    138  1.1     skrll #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    139  1.1     skrll #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    140  1.1     skrll #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    141  1.1     skrll #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    142  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    143  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    144  1.1     skrll #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    145  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    146  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    147  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    148  1.1     skrll #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    149  1.1     skrll #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    150  1.1     skrll #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    151  1.1     skrll #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    152  1.1     skrll 
    153  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    154  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    155  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    156  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    157  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    158  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    159  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    160  1.1     skrll 
    161  1.1     skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    162  1.1     skrll 
    163  1.1     skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    164  1.1     skrll 
    165  1.1     skrll #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    166  1.1     skrll #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    167  1.1     skrll #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    168  1.1     skrll 
    169  1.1     skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    170  1.1     skrll 
    171  1.1     skrll #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    172  1.1     skrll #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    173  1.1     skrll 
    174  1.1     skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    175  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
    176  1.1     skrll    cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2.  */
    177  1.1     skrll 
    178  1.1     skrll #if 1
    179  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
    180  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
    181  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
    182  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
    183  1.1     skrll #else
    184  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 &&	\
    185  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
    186  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
    187  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
    188  1.1     skrll #endif
    189  1.1     skrll 
    190  1.1     skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    191  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
    192  1.1     skrll    but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms.  */
    193  1.1     skrll 
    194  1.1     skrll #if 1
    195  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((short) (x))
    196  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((int) (x))
    197  1.1     skrll #else
    198  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    199  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
    200  1.1     skrll 					   ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
    201  1.1     skrll #endif
    202  1.1     skrll 
    203  1.1     skrll /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    204  1.1     skrll 
    205  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    206  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    207  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    208  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    209  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    210  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    211  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    212  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    213  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    214  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    215  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    216  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    217  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    218  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    219  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    220  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    221  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    222  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    223  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    224  1.1     skrll 
    225  1.1     skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    227  1.1     skrll    targets.  */
    228  1.1     skrll 
    229  1.1     skrll /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    230  1.1     skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    231  1.1     skrll 
    232  1.1     skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    233  1.1     skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    234  1.1     skrll 
    235  1.1     skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    236  1.1     skrll    single line.  */
    237  1.1     skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    238  1.1     skrll 
    239  1.1     skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    240  1.1     skrll    point number.  */
    241  1.1     skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    242  1.1     skrll 
    243  1.1     skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    244  1.6  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    245  1.1     skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    246  1.1     skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    247  1.1     skrll 
    248  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    249  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    250  1.1     skrll #else
    251  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
    252  1.1     skrll #endif
    253  1.1     skrll 
    254  1.1     skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
    255  1.1     skrll   {
    256  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    257  1.1     skrll     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    258  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    259  1.1     skrll     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    260  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    261  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    262  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    263  1.1     skrll     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    264  1.3  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    265  1.3  christos #endif
    266  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    267  1.3  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    268  1.5  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    269  1.3  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    270  1.1     skrll     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    271  1.1     skrll #endif
    272  1.1     skrll     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    273  1.1     skrll   };
    274  1.1     skrll 
    275  1.1     skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    276  1.1     skrll 
    277  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    279  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    280  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    281  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    282  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
    283  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    284  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
    285  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    286  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
    287  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    288  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
    289  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    290  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    291  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
    292  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    293  1.3  christos 
    294  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
    295  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    296  1.1     skrll 
    297  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    298  1.1     skrll 
    299  1.1     skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    300  1.1     skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    301  1.1     skrll static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    302  1.1     skrll 
    303  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    304  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
    305  1.1     skrll 
    306  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    307  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
    308  1.1     skrll 
    309  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    310  1.1     skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    311  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    312  1.1     skrll 
    313  1.1     skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    314  1.1     skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
    315  1.1     skrll #endif
    316  1.1     skrll 
    317  1.1     skrll /* The current $gp register.  */
    318  1.1     skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    319  1.1     skrll 
    320  1.1     skrll /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    321  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    322  1.1     skrll 
    323  1.1     skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    324  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    325  1.3  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    326  1.1     skrll #endif
    327  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    328  1.1     skrll segT alpha_link_section;
    329  1.3  christos #endif
    330  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    331  1.1     skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    332  1.1     skrll #endif
    333  1.1     skrll 
    334  1.1     skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    335  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    336  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    337  1.1     skrll #endif
    338  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    339  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    340  1.3  christos #endif
    341  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    342  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    343  1.1     skrll #endif
    344  1.1     skrll 
    345  1.1     skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    346  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    347  1.1     skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    348  1.1     skrll #endif
    349  1.1     skrll 
    350  1.1     skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    351  1.1     skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    352  1.1     skrll 
    353  1.1     skrll /* Are macros enabled?  */
    354  1.1     skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    355  1.1     skrll 
    356  1.1     skrll /* Are floats disabled?  */
    357  1.1     skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    358  1.1     skrll 
    359  1.1     skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    360  1.1     skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    361  1.1     skrll 
    362  1.1     skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    363  1.1     skrll      foo:
    364  1.1     skrll        .quad 0
    365  1.3  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    366  1.3  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    367  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    368  1.3  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    369  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    370  1.3  christos #endif
    371  1.3  christos 
    372  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    373  1.1     skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    374  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    375  1.1     skrll #endif
    376  1.1     skrll 
    377  1.1     skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    378  1.1     skrll    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    379  1.1     skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    380  1.1     skrll 
    381  1.1     skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    382  1.1     skrll static int alpha_current_align;
    383  1.1     skrll 
    384  1.1     skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    385  1.1     skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    386  1.1     skrll 
    387  1.1     skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    388  1.1     skrll static int alpha_debug;
    389  1.1     skrll 
    390  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    391  1.1     skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    392  1.3  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    393  1.3  christos #endif
    394  1.3  christos 
    395  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    396  1.3  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    397  1.1     skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    398  1.1     skrll #endif
    399  1.1     skrll 
    400  1.1     skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    401  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
    402  1.1     skrll 
    403  1.1     skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    404  1.1     skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
    405  1.3  christos 
    406  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    407  1.1     skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    408  1.1     skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
    409  1.1     skrll {
    410  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    411  1.1     skrll   int pdsckind;
    412  1.1     skrll   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    413  1.1     skrll   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    414  1.1     skrll   int rsa_offset;
    415  1.1     skrll   int ra_save;
    416  1.1     skrll   int fp_save;
    417  1.1     skrll   long imask;
    418  1.3  christos   long fmask;
    419  1.3  christos   int type;
    420  1.3  christos   int prologue;
    421  1.3  christos   symbolS *handler;
    422  1.3  christos   int handler_data;
    423  1.3  christos };
    424  1.3  christos 
    425  1.3  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    426  1.3  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    427  1.3  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    428  1.4  christos 
    429  1.1     skrll /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    430  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    431  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    432  1.1     skrll 
    433  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    434  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    435  1.1     skrll 
    436  1.1     skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    437  1.1     skrll    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    438  1.1     skrll 
    439  1.1     skrll #endif
    440  1.1     skrll 
    441  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    443  1.1     skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    444  1.1     skrll    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    445  1.1     skrll    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    446  1.1     skrll 
    447  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    448  1.1     skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    449  1.1     skrll 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    450  1.1     skrll 		  : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
    451  1.1     skrll 
    452  1.1     skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    453  1.1     skrll  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    454  1.1     skrll 
    455  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    456  1.3  christos {
    457  1.1     skrll   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    458  1.1     skrll   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    459  1.1     skrll   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    460  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    461  1.1     skrll   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    462  1.1     skrll   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    463  1.1     skrll }
    464  1.1     skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
    465  1.1     skrll {
    466  1.1     skrll   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    467  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    468  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    469  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    470  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    471  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    472  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    473  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    474  1.1     skrll   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    475  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    476  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    477  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    478  1.1     skrll   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    479  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    480  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    481  1.1     skrll   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    482  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    483  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    484  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    485  1.1     skrll   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    486  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    487  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    488  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    489  1.1     skrll };
    490  1.1     skrll 
    491  1.1     skrll #undef DEF
    492  1.1     skrll 
    493  1.1     skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    494  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    495  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    496  1.1     skrll 
    497  1.1     skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    498  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    499  1.1     skrll 
    500  1.3  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    501  1.3  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    502  1.3  christos {
    503  1.3  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    504  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    505  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    506  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    507  1.1     skrll #endif
    508  1.1     skrll   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    509  1.1     skrll   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    510  1.1     skrll   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    511  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    512  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    513  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    514  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    515  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    516  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    517  1.1     skrll   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    518  1.1     skrll   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    519  1.1     skrll };
    520  1.1     skrll 
    521  1.1     skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    522  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
    523  1.1     skrll 
    524  1.1     skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    525  1.1     skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    526  1.1     skrll 
    527  1.1     skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    529  1.1     skrll 
    530  1.1     skrll static const struct cpu_type
    531  1.1     skrll {
    532  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    533  1.1     skrll   unsigned flags;
    534  1.1     skrll }
    535  1.1     skrll cpu_types[] =
    536  1.1     skrll {
    537  1.1     skrll   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    538  1.1     skrll      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    539  1.1     skrll      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    540  1.1     skrll      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    541  1.1     skrll 
    542  1.1     skrll   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    543  1.1     skrll   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    544  1.1     skrll   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    545  1.1     skrll   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    546  1.1     skrll   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    547  1.1     skrll   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    548  1.1     skrll   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    549  1.1     skrll 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    550  1.1     skrll   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    551  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    552  1.1     skrll   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    553  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    554  1.1     skrll   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    555  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    556  1.1     skrll 
    557  1.1     skrll   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    558  1.1     skrll   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    559  1.1     skrll   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    560  1.1     skrll   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    561  1.1     skrll   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    562  1.1     skrll   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    563  1.1     skrll   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    564  1.1     skrll   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    565  1.1     skrll   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    566  1.1     skrll 
    567  1.1     skrll   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    568  1.1     skrll   { 0, 0 }
    569  1.1     skrll };
    570  1.1     skrll 
    571  1.1     skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    572  1.1     skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    573  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    574  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    575  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    576  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    577  1.3  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    578  1.1     skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    579  1.1     skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    580  1.3  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    581  1.6  christos 
    582  1.4  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    583  1.3  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    584  1.1     skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    585  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    586  1.1     skrll static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    587  1.1     skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    588  1.1     skrll #endif
    589  1.1     skrll 
    590  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    592  1.1     skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    593  1.1     skrll {
    594  1.1     skrll   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    595  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    596  1.1     skrll 
    597  1.1     skrll   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    598  1.1     skrll 
    599  1.3  christos   info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    600  1.3  christos   if (! info)
    601  1.1     skrll     {
    602  1.1     skrll       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    603  1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg;
    604  1.1     skrll 
    605  1.1     skrll       info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
    606  1.1     skrll           xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    607  1.2       snj 
    608  1.3  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    609  1.3  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    610  1.3  christos       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    611  1.3  christos       errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
    612  1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
    613  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
    614  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    615  1.1     skrll       info->sym = 0;
    616  1.1     skrll       info->psym = 0;
    617  1.3  christos #endif
    618  1.3  christos     }
    619  1.1     skrll 
    620  1.1     skrll   return info;
    621  1.1     skrll }
    622  1.1     skrll 
    623  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    624  1.1     skrll 
    625  1.1     skrll static void
    626  1.1     skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    627  1.1     skrll 		     asection *sec,
    628  1.1     skrll 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    629  1.1     skrll {
    630  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    631  1.1     skrll   fixS **prevP;
    632  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
    633  1.1     skrll   fixS *next;
    634  1.1     skrll   fixS *slave;
    635  1.1     skrll 
    636  1.1     skrll   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    637  1.1     skrll      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    638  1.1     skrll      the links in place.  */
    639  1.1     skrll   if (seginfo == NULL)
    640  1.1     skrll     return;
    641  1.1     skrll 
    642  1.1     skrll   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    643  1.1     skrll   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    644  1.1     skrll     return;
    645  1.1     skrll 
    646  1.1     skrll   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    647  1.1     skrll      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    648  1.1     skrll   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    649  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    650  1.1     skrll     {
    651  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    652  1.1     skrll       fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
    653  1.1     skrll 
    654  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    655  1.1     skrll 	{
    656  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    657  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    658  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    659  1.1     skrll 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    660  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    661  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    662  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    663  1.1     skrll 	    {
    664  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    665  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    666  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    667  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    668  1.1     skrll 	    }
    669  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    670  1.1     skrll 	    {
    671  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    672  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    673  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    674  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    675  1.1     skrll 	    }
    676  1.1     skrll #endif
    677  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    678  1.1     skrll 
    679  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    680  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    681  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    682  1.1     skrll 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    683  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    684  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    685  1.1     skrll 
    686  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    687  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    688  1.1     skrll 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    689  1.1     skrll 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    690  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    691  1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    692  1.1     skrll 
    693  1.1     skrll 	default:
    694  1.1     skrll 	  *prevP = fixp;
    695  1.1     skrll 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    696  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    697  1.1     skrll 	}
    698  1.1     skrll     }
    699  1.1     skrll 
    700  1.1     skrll   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    701  1.1     skrll      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    702  1.1     skrll      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    703  1.1     skrll      once again.
    704  1.1     skrll 
    705  1.1     skrll      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    706  1.1     skrll      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    707  1.1     skrll      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    708  1.1     skrll      get the relaxation correct.
    709  1.1     skrll 
    710  1.1     skrll      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    711  1.1     skrll      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    712  1.1     skrll      present.  Not implemented.
    713  1.1     skrll 
    714  1.1     skrll      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    715  1.1     skrll      in different segments.  This can happen with "intersting" uses of
    716  1.1     skrll      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    717  1.1     skrll 
    718  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    719  1.1     skrll     {
    720  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    721  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    722  1.1     skrll 	{
    723  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    724  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    725  1.1     skrll 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    726  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    727  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    728  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    729  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    730  1.1     skrll 	    {
    731  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    732  1.1     skrll 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    733  1.1     skrll 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    734  1.1     skrll 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    735  1.1     skrll 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    736  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    737  1.1     skrll 	    }
    738  1.1     skrll 
    739  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    740  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    741  1.1     skrll 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    742  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
    743  1.1     skrll 
    744  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    745  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    746  1.1     skrll 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    747  1.1     skrll 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    748  1.1     skrll 	    {
    749  1.1     skrll 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    750  1.1     skrll 		   slave != (fixS *) 0;
    751  1.1     skrll 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    752  1.1     skrll 		{
    753  1.1     skrll 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    754  1.1     skrll 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    755  1.1     skrll 		}
    756  1.1     skrll 	    }
    757  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    758  1.1     skrll 
    759  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    760  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    761  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    762  1.1     skrll 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    763  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    764  1.1     skrll 	  else
    765  1.1     skrll 	    {
    766  1.1     skrll 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    767  1.1     skrll 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    768  1.1     skrll 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    769  1.1     skrll 	    }
    770  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    771  1.1     skrll 
    772  1.1     skrll 	default:
    773  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    774  1.1     skrll 	}
    775  1.1     skrll     }
    776  1.1     skrll }
    777  1.1     skrll 
    778  1.1     skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    779  1.1     skrll    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    780  1.1     skrll    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    781  1.1     skrll 
    782  1.3  christos void
    783  1.3  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    784  1.1     skrll {
    785  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    786  1.1     skrll     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    787  1.1     skrll }
    788  1.1     skrll 
    789  1.1     skrll #endif
    790  1.1     skrll 
    791  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    793  1.1     skrll static void
    794  1.1     skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    795  1.1     skrll {
    796  1.1     skrll   int i;
    797  1.1     skrll 
    798  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    799  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    800  1.1     skrll     {
    801  1.1     skrll       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    802  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
    803  1.1     skrll 
    804  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
    805  1.1     skrll 	{
    806  1.1     skrll 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    807  1.1     skrll 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    808  1.1     skrll 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    809  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    810  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    811  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    812  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    813  1.1     skrll 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    814  1.1     skrll 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    815  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    816  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    817  1.1     skrll 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    818  1.1     skrll 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    819  1.1     skrll 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    820  1.1     skrll 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    821  1.1     skrll 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    822  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    823  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    824  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    825  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    826  1.1     skrll 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    827  1.1     skrll 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    828  1.1     skrll 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    829  1.1     skrll 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    830  1.1     skrll 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    831  1.1     skrll 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    832  1.1     skrll 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    833  1.1     skrll 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    834  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    835  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    836  1.1     skrll 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    837  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    838  1.1     skrll 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    839  1.1     skrll 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    840  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    841  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    842  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    843  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    844  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    845  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    846  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    847  1.1     skrll 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    848  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    849  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    850  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    851  1.1     skrll 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    852  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    853  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    854  1.1     skrll 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    855  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    856  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    857  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    858  1.1     skrll 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    859  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    860  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    861  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    862  1.1     skrll 	}
    863  1.1     skrll 
    864  1.1     skrll       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    865  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    866  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    867  1.1     skrll 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    868  1.1     skrll     }
    869  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    870  1.1     skrll   fflush (stderr);
    871  1.1     skrll }
    872  1.1     skrll #endif
    873  1.1     skrll 
    874  1.1     skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    875  1.1     skrll 
    876  1.1     skrll static int
    877  1.1     skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    878  1.1     skrll 		    expressionS tok[],
    879  1.1     skrll 		    int ntok)
    880  1.1     skrll {
    881  1.1     skrll   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    882  1.1     skrll   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    883  1.1     skrll   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    884  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    885  1.1     skrll   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    886  1.1     skrll #endif
    887  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    888  1.1     skrll   char *p;
    889  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    890  1.1     skrll   int c, i;
    891  1.1     skrll   size_t len;
    892  1.1     skrll   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    893  1.1     skrll #endif
    894  1.1     skrll 
    895  1.1     skrll   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    896  1.1     skrll 
    897  1.1     skrll   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    898  1.1     skrll   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    899  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = str;
    900  1.1     skrll 
    901  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    902  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    903  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
    904  1.1     skrll #endif
    905  1.1     skrll 
    906  1.1     skrll   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    907  1.1     skrll     {
    908  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    909  1.1     skrll       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    910  1.1     skrll 	{
    911  1.1     skrll 	case '\0':
    912  1.1     skrll 	  goto fini;
    913  1.1     skrll 
    914  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    915  1.1     skrll 	case '!':
    916  1.1     skrll 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    917  1.1     skrll 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    918  1.1     skrll 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    919  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    920  1.1     skrll 	    {
    921  1.1     skrll 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    922  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    923  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    924  1.5  christos 	    }
    925  1.1     skrll 
    926  1.1     skrll 	  if (!saw_arg)
    927  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    928  1.1     skrll 
    929  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    930  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    931  1.1     skrll 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    932  1.1     skrll 
    933  1.1     skrll 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    934  1.1     skrll 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    935  1.1     skrll 	  if (len == 0)
    936  1.1     skrll 	    {
    937  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    938  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    939  1.1     skrll 	    }
    940  1.1     skrll 
    941  1.1     skrll 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    942  1.1     skrll 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    943  1.1     skrll 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    944  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    945  1.5  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    946  1.1     skrll 	    {
    947  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    948  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    949  1.1     skrll 	    }
    950  1.1     skrll 
    951  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
    952  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
    953  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    954  1.1     skrll 	    {
    955  1.1     skrll 	      if (r->require_seq)
    956  1.1     skrll 		{
    957  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    958  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    959  1.1     skrll 		}
    960  1.1     skrll 
    961  1.1     skrll 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    962  1.1     skrll 	    }
    963  1.1     skrll 	  else
    964  1.1     skrll 	    {
    965  1.1     skrll 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    966  1.1     skrll 		{
    967  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    968  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    969  1.1     skrll 		}
    970  1.1     skrll 
    971  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
    972  1.1     skrll 
    973  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    974  1.1     skrll 	      expression (tok);
    975  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    976  1.1     skrll 		{
    977  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    978  1.1     skrll 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    979  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    980  1.1     skrll 		}
    981  1.1     skrll 	    }
    982  1.1     skrll 
    983  1.1     skrll 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    984  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    985  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
    986  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    987  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    988  1.1     skrll 
    989  1.1     skrll 	case ',':
    990  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    991  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    992  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    993  1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 1;
    994  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    995  1.1     skrll 
    996  1.1     skrll 	case '(':
    997  1.1     skrll 	  {
    998  1.1     skrll 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    999  1.1     skrll 
   1000  1.1     skrll 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
   1001  1.1     skrll 	    expression (tok);
   1002  1.1     skrll 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
   1003  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1004  1.1     skrll 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
   1005  1.1     skrll 		saw_comma = 0;
   1006  1.1     skrll 		saw_arg = 1;
   1007  1.1     skrll 		++input_line_pointer;
   1008  1.1     skrll 		++tok;
   1009  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1010  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1011  1.1     skrll 
   1012  1.1     skrll 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
   1013  1.1     skrll 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
   1014  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1015  1.1     skrll 
   1016  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1017  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1018  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1019  1.1     skrll 
   1020  1.1     skrll 	  expression (tok);
   1021  1.1     skrll 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1022  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1023  1.1     skrll 
   1024  1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1025  1.1     skrll 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1026  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
   1027  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1028  1.1     skrll 	}
   1029  1.1     skrll     }
   1030  1.1     skrll 
   1031  1.1     skrll fini:
   1032  1.1     skrll   if (saw_comma)
   1033  1.1     skrll     goto err;
   1034  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1035  1.1     skrll 
   1036  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1037  1.1     skrll   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1038  1.1     skrll #endif
   1039  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1040  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1041  1.1     skrll #endif
   1042  1.1     skrll 
   1043  1.1     skrll   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1044  1.1     skrll 
   1045  1.1     skrll err:
   1046  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1047  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1048  1.1     skrll #endif
   1049  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1050  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1051  1.1     skrll 
   1052  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1053  1.1     skrll err_report:
   1054  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1055  1.1     skrll #endif
   1056  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1057  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1058  1.1     skrll }
   1059  1.1     skrll 
   1060  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1061  1.1     skrll    syntax match.  */
   1062  1.1     skrll 
   1063  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1064  1.1     skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1065  1.1     skrll 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1066  1.1     skrll 		   int *pntok,
   1067  1.1     skrll 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1068  1.1     skrll {
   1069  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1070  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   1071  1.1     skrll   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1072  1.1     skrll 
   1073  1.1     skrll   do
   1074  1.1     skrll     {
   1075  1.1     skrll       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1076  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   1077  1.1     skrll 
   1078  1.1     skrll       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1079  1.1     skrll       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1080  1.1     skrll 	goto match_failed;
   1081  1.1     skrll 
   1082  1.1     skrll       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1083  1.1     skrll 
   1084  1.1     skrll       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1085  1.1     skrll 	{
   1086  1.1     skrll 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1087  1.1     skrll 
   1088  1.1     skrll 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1089  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1090  1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1091  1.1     skrll 
   1092  1.1     skrll 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1093  1.1     skrll 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1094  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1095  1.1     skrll 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1096  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1097  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   1098  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1099  1.1     skrll 
   1100  1.1     skrll 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1101  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1102  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1103  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1104  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1105  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1106  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1107  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1108  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1109  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1110  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1111  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1112  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1113  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1114  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1115  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1116  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1117  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1118  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1119  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1120  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1121  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1122  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1123  1.1     skrll 
   1124  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1125  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1126  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1127  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1128  1.1     skrll 		{
   1129  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   1130  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   1131  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   1132  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   1133  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   1134  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   1135  1.1     skrll 
   1136  1.1     skrll 		default:
   1137  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   1138  1.1     skrll 		}
   1139  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1140  1.1     skrll 
   1141  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1142  1.1     skrll 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1143  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1144  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1145  1.1     skrll 	  ++tokidx;
   1146  1.1     skrll 	}
   1147  1.1     skrll 
   1148  1.1     skrll       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1149  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1150  1.1     skrll 	{
   1151  1.1     skrll 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1152  1.1     skrll 	  return opcode;
   1153  1.1     skrll 	}
   1154  1.1     skrll 
   1155  1.1     skrll     match_failed:;
   1156  1.1     skrll     }
   1157  1.1     skrll   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1158  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1159  1.1     skrll 
   1160  1.1     skrll   if (*pcpumatch)
   1161  1.1     skrll     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1162  1.1     skrll 
   1163  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   1164  1.1     skrll }
   1165  1.1     skrll 
   1166  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1167  1.1     skrll    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1168  1.1     skrll 
   1169  1.1     skrll    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1170  1.1     skrll    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1171  1.1     skrll 
   1172  1.1     skrll static void
   1173  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1174  1.1     skrll 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1175  1.1     skrll 			 int ntok,
   1176  1.1     skrll 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1177  1.1     skrll {
   1178  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1179  1.1     skrll 
   1180  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1181  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   1182  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   1183  1.1     skrll     {
   1184  1.1     skrll       int cpumatch;
   1185  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1186  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   1187  1.1     skrll 	{
   1188  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1189  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   1190  1.1     skrll 	}
   1191  1.1     skrll       else if (cpumatch)
   1192  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1193  1.1     skrll       else
   1194  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1195  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   1196  1.1     skrll     }
   1197  1.1     skrll   else
   1198  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1199  1.1     skrll }
   1200  1.1     skrll 
   1201  1.1     skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1202  1.1     skrll    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1203  1.1     skrll 
   1204  1.1     skrll static void
   1205  1.1     skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1206  1.1     skrll 			segT *secp,
   1207  1.1     skrll 			symbolS **symp)
   1208  1.1     skrll {
   1209  1.1     skrll   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1210  1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1211  1.1     skrll   segT new_sec;
   1212  1.1     skrll 
   1213  1.1     skrll   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1214  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1215  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
   1216  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
   1217  1.1     skrll 			 SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
   1218  1.1     skrll 			 | SEC_DATA);
   1219  1.1     skrll 
   1220  1.1     skrll   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1221  1.1     skrll }
   1222  1.1     skrll 
   1223  1.1     skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1224  1.1     skrll 
   1225  1.1     skrll    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1226  1.1     skrll    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1227  1.1     skrll    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1228  1.1     skrll    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1229  1.1     skrll 
   1230  1.1     skrll    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1231  1.1     skrll    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1232  1.1     skrll    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1233  1.1     skrll    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1234  1.1     skrll    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1235  1.1     skrll    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1236  1.1     skrll 
   1237  1.1     skrll    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1238  1.1     skrll    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1239  1.1     skrll 
   1240  1.1     skrll    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1241  1.3  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1242  1.3  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1243  1.1     skrll 
   1244  1.1     skrll static long
   1245  1.1     skrll load_expression (int targreg,
   1246  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1247  1.1     skrll 		 int *pbasereg,
   1248  1.1     skrll 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1249  1.1     skrll 		 const char *opname)
   1250  1.1     skrll {
   1251  1.1     skrll   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1252  1.1     skrll   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1253  1.1     skrll   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1254  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1255  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1256  1.1     skrll 
   1257  1.1     skrll   switch (exp->X_op)
   1258  1.1     skrll     {
   1259  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   1260  1.1     skrll       {
   1261  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1262  1.1     skrll 	offsetT lit;
   1263  1.1     skrll 
   1264  1.1     skrll 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1265  1.1     skrll 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1266  1.1     skrll 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1267  1.1     skrll 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1268  1.1     skrll 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1269  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1270  1.1     skrll 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1271  1.1     skrll 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1272  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1273  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1274  1.1     skrll 	else
   1275  1.1     skrll 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1276  1.1     skrll 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1277  1.1     skrll 
   1278  1.1     skrll 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1279  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1280  1.1     skrll 
   1281  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1282  1.1     skrll 
   1283  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1284  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1285  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1286  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1287  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1288  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1289  1.1     skrll 
   1290  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1291  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1292  1.1     skrll 	else
   1293  1.3  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1294  1.1     skrll 
   1295  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1296  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1297  1.1     skrll 
   1298  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1299  1.1     skrll 
   1300  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1301  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1302  1.1     skrll 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1303  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1304  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1305  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1306  1.1     skrll 
   1307  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1308  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1309  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1310  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1311  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1312  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1313  1.1     skrll 
   1314  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1315  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1316  1.1     skrll 	else
   1317  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1318  1.1     skrll 
   1319  1.1     skrll 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1320  1.1     skrll 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1321  1.1     skrll 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1322  1.1     skrll 	if (1
   1323  1.1     skrll 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1324  1.1     skrll 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1325  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1326  1.1     skrll 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1327  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1328  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1329  1.3  christos 	else
   1330  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1331  1.1     skrll 
   1332  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1333  1.1     skrll 
   1334  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1335  1.1     skrll 
   1336  1.3  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1337  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1338  1.3  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1339  1.3  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1340  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1341  1.1     skrll 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1342  1.1     skrll 
   1343  1.1     skrll 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1344  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1345  1.1     skrll             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1346  1.1     skrll             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1347  1.1     skrll 
   1348  1.1     skrll 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1349  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1350  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1351  1.3  christos 		addend = 0;
   1352  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1353  1.1     skrll 	    else
   1354  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1355  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1356  1.3  christos 	      }
   1357  1.3  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1358  1.3  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1359  1.3  christos 	  }
   1360  1.3  christos 	else
   1361  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1362  1.3  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1363  1.3  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1364  1.3  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1365  1.3  christos 
   1366  1.3  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1367  1.3  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1368  1.3  christos 	      {
   1369  1.3  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1370  1.3  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1371  1.3  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1372  1.3  christos 
   1373  1.3  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1374  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1375  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1376  1.3  christos 
   1377  1.3  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1378  1.3  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1379  1.3  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1380  1.3  christos 
   1381  1.3  christos 		if (poffset)
   1382  1.3  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1383  1.3  christos 
   1384  1.3  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1385  1.3  christos 		  {
   1386  1.3  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1387  1.6  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1388  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1389  1.3  christos 
   1390  1.3  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1391  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1392  1.3  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1393  1.3  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1394  1.6  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1395  1.4  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1396  1.3  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1397  1.3  christos 
   1398  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1399  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1400  1.3  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1401  1.3  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1402  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1403  1.3  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1404  1.3  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1405  1.3  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1406  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1407  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1408  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1409  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1410  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1411  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1412  1.3  christos 
   1413  1.3  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1414  1.3  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1415  1.3  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1416  1.3  christos 		  }
   1417  1.3  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1418  1.3  christos 		  {
   1419  1.3  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1420  1.6  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1421  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1422  1.3  christos 
   1423  1.3  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1424  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1425  1.6  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1426  1.4  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1427  1.3  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1428  1.3  christos 
   1429  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1430  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1431  1.3  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1432  1.3  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1433  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1434  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1435  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1436  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1437  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1438  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1439  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1440  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1441  1.3  christos 		  }
   1442  1.3  christos 
   1443  1.3  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1444  1.3  christos 		return 0;
   1445  1.3  christos 	      }
   1446  1.3  christos 	    else
   1447  1.4  christos 	      {
   1448  1.3  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1449  1.3  christos                    section.  */
   1450  1.3  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1451  1.3  christos 
   1452  1.3  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1453  1.1     skrll 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1454  1.1     skrll 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1455  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1456  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1457  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1458  1.1     skrll 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1459  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1460  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1461  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1462  1.1     skrll 
   1463  1.1     skrll 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1464  1.1     skrll 
   1465  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1466  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1467  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1468  1.1     skrll 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1469  1.1     skrll 
   1470  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1471  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1472  1.1     skrll 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1473  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1474  1.1     skrll #endif
   1475  1.1     skrll 	basereg = targreg;
   1476  1.1     skrll       }
   1477  1.1     skrll       break;
   1478  1.1     skrll 
   1479  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   1480  1.1     skrll       break;
   1481  1.1     skrll 
   1482  1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   1483  1.1     skrll       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1484  1.1     skrll 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1485  1.1     skrll 
   1486  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1487  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1488  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1489  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1490  1.1     skrll 
   1491  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1492  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1493  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1494  1.1     skrll 
   1495  1.1     skrll     case O_big:
   1496  1.1     skrll       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1497  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1498  1.1     skrll       else
   1499  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1500  1.1     skrll       addend = 0;
   1501  1.1     skrll       break;
   1502  1.1     skrll 
   1503  1.1     skrll     default:
   1504  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1505  1.3  christos       addend = 0;
   1506  1.3  christos       break;
   1507  1.1     skrll     }
   1508  1.1     skrll 
   1509  1.3  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1510  1.1     skrll     {
   1511  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1512  1.1     skrll       symbolS *litexp;
   1513  1.1     skrll #else
   1514  1.4  christos       offsetT lit;
   1515  1.1     skrll       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1516  1.3  christos #endif
   1517  1.1     skrll 
   1518  1.1     skrll       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1519  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1520  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1521  1.1     skrll       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1522  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1523  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1524  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1525  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1526  1.1     skrll #else
   1527  1.1     skrll 
   1528  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1529  1.1     skrll 	{
   1530  1.1     skrll 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1531  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1532  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1533  1.1     skrll 
   1534  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1535  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1536  1.1     skrll 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1537  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1538  1.1     skrll 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1539  1.1     skrll #endif
   1540  1.1     skrll 	}
   1541  1.1     skrll 
   1542  1.1     skrll       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1543  1.1     skrll       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1544  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1545  1.1     skrll 
   1546  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1547  1.1     skrll 
   1548  1.1     skrll       if (targreg == basereg)
   1549  1.1     skrll 	{
   1550  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1551  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1552  1.1     skrll 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1553  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1554  1.1     skrll 
   1555  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1556  1.1     skrll 	}
   1557  1.1     skrll       else
   1558  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1559  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1560  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1561  1.1     skrll #endif
   1562  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1563  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1564  1.1     skrll #endif
   1565  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1566  1.1     skrll 
   1567  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1568  1.1     skrll 
   1569  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1570  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1571  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1572  1.1     skrll #endif
   1573  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1574  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1575  1.1     skrll #endif
   1576  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1577  1.1     skrll 
   1578  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1579  1.1     skrll 
   1580  1.3  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1581  1.1     skrll 
   1582  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1583  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1584  1.1     skrll 
   1585  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1586  1.1     skrll 
   1587  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1588  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1589  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1590  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   1591  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1592  1.1     skrll       emit_lituse = 0;
   1593  1.1     skrll 
   1594  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1595  1.1     skrll 
   1596  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1597  1.1     skrll 
   1598  1.1     skrll       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1599  1.1     skrll 	{
   1600  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1601  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1602  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1603  1.1     skrll 	}
   1604  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1605  1.1     skrll 
   1606  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1607  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1608  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1609  1.1     skrll     }
   1610  1.1     skrll   else
   1611  1.1     skrll     {
   1612  1.1     skrll       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1613  1.1     skrll 
   1614  1.1     skrll       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1615  1.1     skrll 
   1616  1.1     skrll       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1617  1.1     skrll       tmp = addend - low;
   1618  1.1     skrll       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1619  1.1     skrll 
   1620  1.1     skrll       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1621  1.1     skrll 	{
   1622  1.1     skrll 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1623  1.1     skrll 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1624  1.1     skrll 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1625  1.1     skrll 	}
   1626  1.1     skrll       else
   1627  1.1     skrll 	extra = 0;
   1628  1.1     skrll 
   1629  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1630  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1631  1.1     skrll 
   1632  1.1     skrll       if (extra)
   1633  1.1     skrll 	{
   1634  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1635  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1636  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1637  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1638  1.1     skrll 	}
   1639  1.1     skrll 
   1640  1.1     skrll       if (high)
   1641  1.1     skrll 	{
   1642  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1643  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1644  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1645  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1646  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1647  1.1     skrll 	}
   1648  1.1     skrll 
   1649  1.1     skrll       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1650  1.1     skrll 	{
   1651  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1652  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1653  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1654  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1655  1.1     skrll 	  low = 0;
   1656  1.1     skrll 	}
   1657  1.1     skrll 
   1658  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1659  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1660  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1661  1.1     skrll     }
   1662  1.1     skrll 
   1663  1.1     skrll   return emit_lituse;
   1664  1.1     skrll }
   1665  1.1     skrll 
   1666  1.1     skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1667  1.1     skrll    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1668  1.1     skrll    large constants.  */
   1669  1.1     skrll 
   1670  1.1     skrll static void
   1671  1.1     skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1672  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   1673  1.1     skrll 	  const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1674  1.1     skrll {
   1675  1.3  christos   int basereg;
   1676  1.1     skrll 
   1677  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   1678  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1679  1.1     skrll   else
   1680  1.1     skrll     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1681  1.1     skrll 
   1682  1.1     skrll   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1683  1.1     skrll }
   1684  1.1     skrll 
   1685  1.1     skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1686  1.1     skrll    as an implied base register.  */
   1687  1.1     skrll 
   1688  1.1     skrll static void
   1689  1.1     skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1690  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1691  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1692  1.1     skrll {
   1693  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1694  1.1     skrll 
   1695  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1696  1.1     skrll   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1697  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1698  1.1     skrll 
   1699  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1700  1.1     skrll }
   1701  1.1     skrll 
   1702  1.1     skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1703  1.1     skrll    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1704  1.1     skrll    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1705  1.1     skrll    feature wrt labels.  */
   1706  1.1     skrll 
   1707  1.1     skrll static void
   1708  1.1     skrll alpha_align (int n,
   1709  1.1     skrll 	     char *pfill,
   1710  1.1     skrll 	     symbolS *label,
   1711  1.1     skrll 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1712  1.1     skrll {
   1713  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1714  1.1     skrll     return;
   1715  1.1     skrll 
   1716  1.1     skrll   if (pfill == NULL)
   1717  1.1     skrll     {
   1718  1.1     skrll       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1719  1.1     skrll 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1720  1.1     skrll       else
   1721  1.1     skrll 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1722  1.1     skrll     }
   1723  1.1     skrll   else
   1724  1.1     skrll     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1725  1.1     skrll 
   1726  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = n;
   1727  1.1     skrll 
   1728  1.1     skrll   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1729  1.1     skrll     {
   1730  1.1     skrll       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1731  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
   1732  1.1     skrll     }
   1733  1.1     skrll 
   1734  1.1     skrll   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1735  1.1     skrll 
   1736  1.1     skrll   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1737  1.1     skrll      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1738  1.1     skrll }
   1739  1.1     skrll 
   1740  1.1     skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1741  1.1     skrll 
   1742  1.1     skrll static void
   1743  1.1     skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1744  1.1     skrll {
   1745  1.1     skrll   char *f;
   1746  1.1     skrll   int i;
   1747  1.1     skrll 
   1748  1.1     skrll   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1749  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1750  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1751  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1752  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1753  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1754  1.1     skrll 
   1755  1.1     skrll   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1756  1.1     skrll   f = frag_more (4);
   1757  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1758  1.1     skrll 
   1759  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1760  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1761  1.1     skrll #endif
   1762  1.1     skrll 
   1763  1.1     skrll   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1764  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1765  1.1     skrll     {
   1766  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
   1767  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1768  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1769  1.1     skrll       int size, pcrel;
   1770  1.1     skrll       fixS *fixP;
   1771  1.1     skrll 
   1772  1.1     skrll       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1773  1.1     skrll       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1774  1.1     skrll 	{
   1775  1.1     skrll 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1776  1.1     skrll 	  size = 4;
   1777  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1778  1.1     skrll 	}
   1779  1.1     skrll       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1780  1.1     skrll 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1781  1.3  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1782  1.3  christos 	{
   1783  1.3  christos 	  size = 2;
   1784  1.3  christos 	  pcrel = 0;
   1785  1.1     skrll 	}
   1786  1.1     skrll       else
   1787  1.1     skrll 	{
   1788  1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1789  1.3  christos               bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1790  1.3  christos                                      (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1791  1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1792  1.3  christos 
   1793  1.3  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1794  1.3  christos 
   1795  1.3  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1796  1.3  christos 	    {
   1797  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1798  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1799  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1800  1.5  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1801  1.1     skrll 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1802  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1803  1.1     skrll #endif
   1804  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1805  1.3  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1806  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1807  1.1     skrll 
   1808  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1809  1.1     skrll 	}
   1810  1.1     skrll 
   1811  1.1     skrll       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1812  1.1     skrll 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1813  1.1     skrll 
   1814  1.1     skrll       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1815  1.1     skrll          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1816  1.1     skrll       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1817  1.1     skrll 	{
   1818  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1819  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1820  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1821  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1822  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1823  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1824  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1825  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1826  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1827  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1828  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1829  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1830  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1831  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1832  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1833  1.1     skrll 
   1834  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1835  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1836  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1837  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1838  1.1     skrll 
   1839  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1840  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1841  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1842  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1843  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1844  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1845  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1846  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1847  1.1     skrll 
   1848  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1849  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1850  1.1     skrll 
   1851  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1852  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1853  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1854  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1855  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1856  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1857  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1858  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1859  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1860  1.1     skrll 
   1861  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1862  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1863  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1864  1.1     skrll 
   1865  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1866  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1867  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1868  1.1     skrll 	  info->master = fixP;
   1869  1.1     skrll 	  info->n_master++;
   1870  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1871  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1872  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1873  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1874  1.1     skrll 
   1875  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1876  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1877  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1878  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1879  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1880  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1881  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1882  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1883  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1884  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1885  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1886  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1887  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1888  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1889  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1890  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1891  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1892  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1893  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1894  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1895  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1896  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1897  1.1     skrll 	do_lituse:
   1898  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1899  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1900  1.1     skrll 
   1901  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1902  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1903  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1904  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1905  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1906  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1907  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1908  1.1     skrll 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1909  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1910  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1911  1.1     skrll 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1912  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1913  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1914  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1915  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1916  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1917  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1918  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1919  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1920  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1921  1.1     skrll 
   1922  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1923  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1924  1.1     skrll 
   1925  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1926  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1927  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1928  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1929  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1930  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1931  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1932  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1933  1.1     skrll 	  else
   1934  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1935  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1936  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1937  1.1     skrll 
   1938  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1939  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1940  1.1     skrll 
   1941  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1942  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1943  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1944  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1945  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1946  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1947  1.3  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1948  1.3  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1949  1.3  christos 	  else
   1950  1.3  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1951  1.3  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1952  1.3  christos 	  break;
   1953  1.3  christos #endif
   1954  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1955  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1956  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1957  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1958  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1959  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1960  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1961  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1962  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1963  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1964  1.1     skrll #endif
   1965  1.1     skrll 
   1966  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1967  1.1     skrll 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1968  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1969  1.1     skrll 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1970  1.1     skrll 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1971  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1972  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1973  1.1     skrll 	}
   1974  1.1     skrll     }
   1975  1.1     skrll }
   1976  1.6  christos 
   1977  1.1     skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1978  1.1     skrll 
   1979  1.1     skrll static unsigned
   1980  1.1     skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1981  1.1     skrll 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1982  1.1     skrll 		offsetT val,
   1983  1.1     skrll 		const char *file,
   1984  1.1     skrll 		unsigned line)
   1985  1.1     skrll {
   1986  1.1     skrll   if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1987  1.1     skrll     {
   1988  1.1     skrll       offsetT min, max;
   1989  1.1     skrll 
   1990  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1991  1.1     skrll 	{
   1992  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1993  1.1     skrll 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1994  1.1     skrll 	}
   1995  1.4  christos       else
   1996  1.1     skrll 	{
   1997  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1998  1.1     skrll 	  min = 0;
   1999  1.1     skrll 	}
   2000  1.1     skrll 
   2001  1.1     skrll       if (val < min || val > max)
   2002  1.1     skrll 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   2003  1.1     skrll     }
   2004  1.2       snj 
   2005  1.1     skrll   if (operand->insert)
   2006  1.1     skrll     {
   2007  1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2008  1.1     skrll 
   2009  1.1     skrll       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2010  1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
   2011  1.1     skrll 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   2012  1.1     skrll     }
   2013  1.1     skrll   else
   2014  1.1     skrll     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2015  1.1     skrll 
   2016  1.1     skrll   return insn;
   2017  1.1     skrll }
   2018  1.1     skrll 
   2019  1.1     skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2020  1.3  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2021  1.1     skrll 
   2022  1.1     skrll static void
   2023  1.1     skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2024  1.1     skrll 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2025  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2026  1.1     skrll 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2027  1.1     skrll 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2028  1.1     skrll {
   2029  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2030  1.1     skrll   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2031  1.1     skrll   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2032  1.1     skrll   unsigned image;
   2033  1.1     skrll   int tokidx = 0;
   2034  1.1     skrll 
   2035  1.1     skrll   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2036  1.1     skrll   image = opcode->opcode;
   2037  1.1     skrll 
   2038  1.1     skrll   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2039  1.1     skrll     {
   2040  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2041  1.1     skrll       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   2042  1.1     skrll 
   2043  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2044  1.1     skrll 	{
   2045  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2046  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2047  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2048  1.1     skrll 	}
   2049  1.1     skrll 
   2050  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2051  1.1     skrll 	{
   2052  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2053  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2054  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2055  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[0];
   2056  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2057  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2058  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[1];
   2059  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2060  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2061  1.1     skrll 	      {
   2062  1.1     skrll 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2063  1.1     skrll 		t = &zero_exp;
   2064  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2065  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2066  1.1     skrll 	      }
   2067  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2068  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2069  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   2070  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2071  1.1     skrll 	}
   2072  1.1     skrll       else
   2073  1.1     skrll 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2074  1.1     skrll 
   2075  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
   2076  1.1     skrll 	{
   2077  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:
   2078  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:
   2079  1.3  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2080  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2081  1.1     skrll 				  NULL, 0);
   2082  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2083  1.1     skrll 
   2084  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:
   2085  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2086  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2087  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2088  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2089  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2090  1.1     skrll 
   2091  1.1     skrll 	default:
   2092  1.1     skrll 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2093  1.1     skrll 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2094  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2095  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   2096  1.1     skrll 
   2097  1.1     skrll 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2098  1.1     skrll 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2099  1.1     skrll 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2100  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2101  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2102  1.1     skrll 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2103  1.1     skrll 
   2104  1.1     skrll 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2105  1.1     skrll 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2106  1.1     skrll 
   2107  1.1     skrll 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2108  1.1     skrll 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2109  1.3  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2110  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2111  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2112  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2113  1.1     skrll 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2114  1.1     skrll 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2115  1.1     skrll 
   2116  1.1     skrll 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2117  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2118  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2119  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2120  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2121  1.1     skrll 	}
   2122  1.1     skrll     }
   2123  1.1     skrll 
   2124  1.1     skrll   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2125  1.1     skrll     {
   2126  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2127  1.1     skrll 
   2128  1.1     skrll       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2129  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2130  1.1     skrll 
   2131  1.1     skrll       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2132  1.1     skrll 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2133  1.1     skrll 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2134  1.1     skrll       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2135  1.1     skrll 	{
   2136  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2137  1.1     skrll 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2138  1.3  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2139  1.5  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2140  1.3  christos 	  else
   2141  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2142  1.1     skrll 	}
   2143  1.3  christos 
   2144  1.3  christos       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2145  1.1     skrll 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2146  1.1     skrll 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2147  1.1     skrll       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2148  1.1     skrll 	{
   2149  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2150  1.1     skrll               = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   2151  1.1     skrll                                        (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   2152  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2153  1.1     skrll 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2154  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2155  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2156  1.1     skrll 	      return;
   2157  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2158  1.1     skrll 	}
   2159  1.1     skrll 
   2160  1.1     skrll       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2161  1.1     skrll       if (reloc_exp)
   2162  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2163  1.1     skrll       else
   2164  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2165  1.1     skrll       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2166  1.1     skrll     }
   2167  1.1     skrll 
   2168  1.1     skrll   insn->insn = image;
   2169  1.1     skrll }
   2170  1.1     skrll 
   2171  1.1     skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2172  1.1     skrll    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2173  1.1     skrll    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2174  1.1     skrll 
   2175  1.1     skrll static void
   2176  1.1     skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2177  1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   2178  1.3  christos 	      const void * opname)
   2179  1.3  christos {
   2180  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2181  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2182  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2183  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2184  1.1     skrll   const char *symname
   2185  1.1     skrll     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2186  1.3  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2187  1.3  christos 
   2188  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2189  1.3  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2190  1.3  christos   else
   2191  1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2192  1.5  christos 
   2193  1.1     skrll   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2194  1.1     skrll 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2195  1.1     skrll 
   2196  1.1     skrll   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2197  1.1     skrll       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2198  1.1     skrll     return;
   2199  1.1     skrll 
   2200  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2201  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2202  1.1     skrll 
   2203  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2204  1.1     skrll 
   2205  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2206  1.1     skrll     {
   2207  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2208  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2209  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2210  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2211  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2212  1.1     skrll     }
   2213  1.1     skrll 
   2214  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2215  1.1     skrll }
   2216  1.1     skrll 
   2217  1.1     skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2218  1.1     skrll    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2219  1.1     skrll 
   2220  1.1     skrll static void
   2221  1.1     skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2222  1.1     skrll 		int ntok,
   2223  1.1     skrll 		const void * opname)
   2224  1.1     skrll {
   2225  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2226  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2227  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2228  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2229  1.1     skrll 
   2230  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2231  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2232  1.1     skrll   else
   2233  1.5  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2234  1.3  christos 
   2235  1.1     skrll   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2236  1.1     skrll     {
   2237  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2238  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2239  1.1     skrll 
   2240  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2241  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2242  1.1     skrll     }
   2243  1.1     skrll   else
   2244  1.1     skrll     {
   2245  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2246  1.1     skrll       lituse = 0;
   2247  1.1     skrll     }
   2248  1.1     skrll 
   2249  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2250  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2251  1.1     skrll 
   2252  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2253  1.1     skrll 
   2254  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2255  1.1     skrll     {
   2256  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2257  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2258  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2259  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2260  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2261  1.1     skrll     }
   2262  1.1     skrll 
   2263  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2264  1.1     skrll }
   2265  1.1     skrll 
   2266  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2267  1.1     skrll 
   2268  1.1     skrll static void
   2269  1.1     skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2270  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2271  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2272  1.1     skrll {
   2273  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2274  1.1     skrll     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
   2275  1.1     skrll   else
   2276  1.1     skrll     {
   2277  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2278  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2279  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2280  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2281  1.1     skrll 
   2282  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2283  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2284  1.1     skrll 
   2285  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2286  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2287  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2288  1.1     skrll       else
   2289  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2290  1.1     skrll 
   2291  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2292  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2293  1.1     skrll 
   2294  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2295  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2296  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2297  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2298  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2299  1.1     skrll 
   2300  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2301  1.1     skrll 	{
   2302  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2303  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2304  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2305  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2306  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2307  1.1     skrll 	}
   2308  1.1     skrll 
   2309  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2310  1.1     skrll 
   2311  1.3  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2312  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2313  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2314  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2315  1.1     skrll 
   2316  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2317  1.1     skrll 	{
   2318  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2319  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2320  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2321  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2322  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2323  1.1     skrll 	}
   2324  1.1     skrll 
   2325  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2326  1.1     skrll     }
   2327  1.1     skrll }
   2328  1.1     skrll 
   2329  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2330  1.1     skrll 
   2331  1.1     skrll static void
   2332  1.1     skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2333  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2334  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2335  1.1     skrll {
   2336  1.1     skrll   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2337  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2338  1.1     skrll }
   2339  1.1     skrll 
   2340  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2341  1.1     skrll    value.  */
   2342  1.1     skrll 
   2343  1.1     skrll static void
   2344  1.1     skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2345  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2346  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2347  1.1     skrll {
   2348  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2349  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2350  1.1     skrll 
   2351  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2352  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2353  1.1     skrll 
   2354  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2355  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2356  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2357  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2358  1.1     skrll 
   2359  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2360  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2361  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2362  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2363  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2364  1.1     skrll 
   2365  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2366  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2367  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2368  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2369  1.1     skrll 
   2370  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2371  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2372  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2373  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2374  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2375  1.1     skrll 
   2376  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2377  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2378  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2379  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2380  1.1     skrll 
   2381  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2382  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2383  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2384  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2385  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2386  1.1     skrll }
   2387  1.1     skrll 
   2388  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2389  1.1     skrll    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2390  1.1     skrll    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2391  1.1     skrll 
   2392  1.1     skrll static void
   2393  1.1     skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2394  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2395  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2396  1.1     skrll {
   2397  1.1     skrll   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2398  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2399  1.1     skrll }
   2400  1.1     skrll 
   2401  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2402  1.1     skrll 
   2403  1.1     skrll static void
   2404  1.1     skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2405  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2406  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2407  1.1     skrll {
   2408  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[2];
   2409  1.1     skrll 
   2410  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2411  1.1     skrll   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2412  1.1     skrll 
   2413  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2414  1.1     skrll }
   2415  1.1     skrll 
   2416  1.1     skrll /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2417  1.1     skrll 
   2418  1.1     skrll static void
   2419  1.1     skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2420  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2421  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2422  1.1     skrll {
   2423  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2424  1.1     skrll 
   2425  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2426  1.1     skrll     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
   2427  1.1     skrll   else
   2428  1.1     skrll     {
   2429  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2430  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2431  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2432  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2433  1.1     skrll 
   2434  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2435  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2436  1.1     skrll 
   2437  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2438  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2439  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2440  1.1     skrll       else
   2441  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2442  1.1     skrll 
   2443  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2444  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2445  1.1     skrll 
   2446  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2447  1.3  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2448  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2449  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2450  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2451  1.1     skrll 
   2452  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2453  1.1     skrll 	{
   2454  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2455  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2456  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2457  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2458  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2459  1.1     skrll 	}
   2460  1.1     skrll 
   2461  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2462  1.1     skrll 
   2463  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2464  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2465  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2466  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2467  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2468  1.1     skrll 
   2469  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2470  1.1     skrll 	{
   2471  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2472  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2473  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2474  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2475  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2476  1.1     skrll 	}
   2477  1.1     skrll 
   2478  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2479  1.1     skrll 
   2480  1.3  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2481  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2482  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2483  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2484  1.1     skrll 
   2485  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2486  1.1     skrll 	{
   2487  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2488  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2489  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2490  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2491  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2492  1.1     skrll 	}
   2493  1.1     skrll 
   2494  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2495  1.1     skrll 
   2496  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2497  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2498  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2499  1.1     skrll 
   2500  1.3  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2501  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2502  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2503  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2504  1.1     skrll 
   2505  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2506  1.1     skrll 	{
   2507  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2508  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2509  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2510  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2511  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2512  1.1     skrll 	}
   2513  1.1     skrll 
   2514  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2515  1.1     skrll     }
   2516  1.1     skrll }
   2517  1.1     skrll 
   2518  1.1     skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2519  1.1     skrll 
   2520  1.1     skrll static void
   2521  1.1     skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2522  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2523  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2524  1.1     skrll {
   2525  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2526  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2527  1.1     skrll 
   2528  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2529  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2530  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2531  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2532  1.1     skrll 
   2533  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2534  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2535  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2536  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2537  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2538  1.1     skrll 
   2539  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2540  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2541  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2542  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2543  1.1     skrll 
   2544  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2545  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2546  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2547  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2548  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2549  1.1     skrll 
   2550  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2551  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2552  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2553  1.1     skrll 
   2554  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2555  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2556  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2557  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2558  1.1     skrll 
   2559  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2560  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2561  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2562  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2563  1.1     skrll 
   2564  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2565  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2566  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2567  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2568  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2569  1.1     skrll 
   2570  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2571  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2572  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2573  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2574  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2575  1.1     skrll 
   2576  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2577  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2578  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2579  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2580  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2581  1.1     skrll 
   2582  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2583  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2584  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2585  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2586  1.1     skrll }
   2587  1.1     skrll 
   2588  1.1     skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2589  1.1     skrll    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2590  1.1     skrll 
   2591  1.1     skrll static void
   2592  1.1     skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2593  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2594  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2595  1.1     skrll {
   2596  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2597  1.1     skrll 
   2598  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2599  1.1     skrll     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
   2600  1.1     skrll   else
   2601  1.1     skrll     {
   2602  1.1     skrll       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
   2603  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2604  1.1     skrll 
   2605  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2606  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2607  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2608  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2609  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2610  1.1     skrll 
   2611  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2612  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2613  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2614  1.1     skrll     }
   2615  1.1     skrll }
   2616  1.1     skrll 
   2617  1.1     skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2618  1.1     skrll 
   2619  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2620  1.1     skrll 
   2621  1.1     skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2622  1.1     skrll    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2623  1.1     skrll 
   2624  1.1     skrll static void
   2625  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2626  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2627  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2628  1.1     skrll {
   2629  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2630  1.1     skrll 
   2631  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2632  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2633  1.1     skrll      to
   2634  1.1     skrll         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2635  1.1     skrll         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2636  1.1     skrll         lda AT,__OP
   2637  1.1     skrll         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2638  1.1     skrll         mov R0,result
   2639  1.1     skrll 
   2640  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2641  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2642  1.1     skrll 
   2643  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2644  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2645  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2646  1.1     skrll 
   2647  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2648  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2649  1.1     skrll 
   2650  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2651  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2652  1.1     skrll   else
   2653  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2654  1.1     skrll 
   2655  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2656  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2657  1.1     skrll     {
   2658  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2659  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2660  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2661  1.1     skrll 
   2662  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2663  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2664  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2665  1.1     skrll 
   2666  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2667  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2668  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2669  1.1     skrll 
   2670  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2671  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2672  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2673  1.1     skrll     }
   2674  1.1     skrll   else
   2675  1.1     skrll     {
   2676  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2677  1.1     skrll 	{
   2678  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2679  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2680  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2681  1.1     skrll 	}
   2682  1.1     skrll 
   2683  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2684  1.1     skrll 	{
   2685  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2686  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2687  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2688  1.1     skrll 	}
   2689  1.1     skrll 
   2690  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2691  1.1     skrll 	{
   2692  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2693  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2694  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2695  1.1     skrll 	}
   2696  1.1     skrll     }
   2697  1.1     skrll 
   2698  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2699  1.1     skrll 
   2700  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2701  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2702  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2703  1.1     skrll 
   2704  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2705  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2706  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2707  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2708  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2709  1.1     skrll 
   2710  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2711  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2712  1.1     skrll     {
   2713  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2714  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2715  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2716  1.1     skrll     }
   2717  1.1     skrll }
   2718  1.1     skrll 
   2719  1.1     skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2720  1.1     skrll 
   2721  1.1     skrll static void
   2722  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2723  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2724  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2725  1.1     skrll {
   2726  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2727  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2728  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2729  1.1     skrll      to
   2730  1.1     skrll         lda pv,__OP
   2731  1.1     skrll         mov x,t10
   2732  1.1     skrll         mov y,t11
   2733  1.1     skrll         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2734  1.1     skrll         mov t12,result
   2735  1.1     skrll 
   2736  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2737  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2738  1.1     skrll 
   2739  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2740  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2741  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2742  1.1     skrll 
   2743  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2744  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2745  1.1     skrll 
   2746  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2747  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2748  1.1     skrll   else
   2749  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2750  1.1     skrll 
   2751  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2752  1.1     skrll 
   2753  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2754  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2755  1.1     skrll     {
   2756  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2757  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2758  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2759  1.1     skrll 
   2760  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2761  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2762  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2763  1.1     skrll 
   2764  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2765  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2766  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2767  1.1     skrll 
   2768  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2769  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2770  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2771  1.1     skrll     }
   2772  1.1     skrll   else
   2773  1.1     skrll     {
   2774  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2775  1.1     skrll 	{
   2776  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2777  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2778  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2779  1.1     skrll 	}
   2780  1.1     skrll 
   2781  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2782  1.1     skrll 	{
   2783  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2784  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2785  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2786  1.1     skrll 	}
   2787  1.1     skrll 
   2788  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2789  1.1     skrll 	{
   2790  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2791  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2792  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2793  1.1     skrll 	}
   2794  1.1     skrll     }
   2795  1.1     skrll 
   2796  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2797  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2798  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2799  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2800  1.1     skrll 
   2801  1.1     skrll   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2802  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2803  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2804  1.1     skrll #endif
   2805  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2806  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2807  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2808  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2809  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2810  1.1     skrll #endif
   2811  1.1     skrll 
   2812  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2813  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2814  1.1     skrll     {
   2815  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2816  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2817  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2818  1.1     skrll     }
   2819  1.1     skrll }
   2820  1.1     skrll 
   2821  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2822  1.1     skrll 
   2823  1.1     skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2824  1.1     skrll    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2825  1.1     skrll    everything.  */
   2826  1.1     skrll 
   2827  1.1     skrll static void
   2828  1.1     skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2829  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2830  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2831  1.1     skrll {
   2832  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2833  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2834  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2835  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2836  1.1     skrll   long lituse = 0;
   2837  1.1     skrll 
   2838  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2839  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2840  1.1     skrll   else
   2841  1.1     skrll     r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2842  1.1     skrll 
   2843  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2844  1.1     skrll 
   2845  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2846  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2847  1.3  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2848  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2849  1.1     skrll   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2850  1.1     skrll #else
   2851  1.1     skrll   else
   2852  1.1     skrll     {
   2853  1.1     skrll       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2854  1.3  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2855  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, NULL, opname);
   2856  1.1     skrll     }
   2857  1.1     skrll #endif
   2858  1.1     skrll 
   2859  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2860  1.1     skrll 
   2861  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2862  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2863  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2864  1.1     skrll   else
   2865  1.3  christos #endif
   2866  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2867  1.1     skrll 
   2868  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2869  1.1     skrll 
   2870  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2871  1.1     skrll     {
   2872  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2873  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2874  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2875  1.3  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2876  1.3  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2877  1.3  christos     }
   2878  1.3  christos 
   2879  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2880  1.3  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2881  1.3  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2882  1.3  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2883  1.3  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2884  1.6  christos     {
   2885  1.3  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2886  1.3  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2887  1.3  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2888  1.3  christos       char *ensymname;
   2889  1.3  christos 
   2890  1.3  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2891  1.3  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2892  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2893  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2894  1.3  christos 
   2895  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2896  1.3  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2897  1.3  christos 	{
   2898  1.3  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2899  1.3  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2900  1.3  christos 	}
   2901  1.3  christos 
   2902  1.3  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2903  1.3  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2904  1.3  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2905  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2906  1.6  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2907  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2908  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2909  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2910  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2911  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2912  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2913  1.1     skrll       free (ensymname);
   2914  1.1     skrll     }
   2915  1.1     skrll #endif
   2916  1.1     skrll 
   2917  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2918  1.1     skrll }
   2919  1.1     skrll 
   2920  1.1     skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2921  1.1     skrll    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2922  1.1     skrll 
   2923  1.1     skrll static void
   2924  1.1     skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2925  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2926  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2927  1.1     skrll {
   2928  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2929  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2930  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2931  1.1     skrll 
   2932  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2933  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2934  1.1     skrll   else
   2935  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2936  1.1     skrll 
   2937  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2938  1.1     skrll 
   2939  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2940  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2941  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2942  1.1     skrll   else
   2943  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2944  1.1     skrll 
   2945  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2946  1.1     skrll 
   2947  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2948  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2949  1.1     skrll   else
   2950  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
   2951  1.3  christos 
   2952  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   2953  1.1     skrll }
   2954  1.1     skrll 
   2955  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2956  1.1     skrll 
   2957  1.1     skrll static void
   2958  1.1     skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2959  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2960  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2961  1.1     skrll {
   2962  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2963  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2964  1.1     skrll #endif
   2965  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2966  1.1     skrll   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2967  1.1     skrll      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2968  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2969  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2970  1.1     skrll   expressionS addend;
   2971  1.1     skrll 
   2972  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2973  1.1     skrll   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2974  1.1     skrll     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2975  1.1     skrll #endif
   2976  1.1     skrll 
   2977  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2978  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2979  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2980  1.1     skrll 
   2981  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2982  1.1     skrll 
   2983  1.1     skrll   addend = tok[1];
   2984  1.1     skrll 
   2985  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2986  1.1     skrll   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2987  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2988  1.1     skrll   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2989  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2990  1.1     skrll #endif
   2991  1.1     skrll 
   2992  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2993  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2994  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2995  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2996  1.1     skrll 
   2997  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2998  1.1     skrll 
   2999  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   3000  1.1     skrll 
   3001  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   3002  1.1     skrll 
   3003  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3004  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   3005  1.1     skrll #endif
   3006  1.1     skrll 
   3007  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   3008  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   3009  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   3010  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   3011  1.1     skrll 
   3012  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   3013  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   3014  1.1     skrll }
   3015  1.1     skrll 
   3016  1.1     skrll /* The macro table.  */
   3017  1.1     skrll 
   3018  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   3019  1.1     skrll {
   3020  1.1     skrll /* Load/Store macros.  */
   3021  1.1     skrll   { "lda",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3022  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3023  1.1     skrll   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, NULL,
   3024  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3025  1.1     skrll 
   3026  1.1     skrll   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, "ldl",
   3027  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3028  1.1     skrll   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
   3029  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3030  1.1     skrll   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, "ldq",
   3031  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3032  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
   3033  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3034  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
   3035  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3036  1.1     skrll   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, "ldf",
   3037  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3038  1.1     skrll   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, "ldg",
   3039  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3040  1.1     skrll   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, "lds",
   3041  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3042  1.1     skrll   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, "ldt",
   3043  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3044  1.1     skrll 
   3045  1.1     skrll   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
   3046  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3047  1.1     skrll   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
   3048  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3049  1.1     skrll   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
   3050  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3051  1.1     skrll   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
   3052  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3053  1.1     skrll 
   3054  1.1     skrll   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
   3055  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3056  1.1     skrll   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
   3057  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3058  1.1     skrll   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
   3059  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3060  1.1     skrll   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
   3061  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3062  1.1     skrll   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
   3063  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3064  1.1     skrll 
   3065  1.1     skrll   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, NULL,
   3066  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3067  1.1     skrll 
   3068  1.1     skrll   { "ldi",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3069  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3070  1.1     skrll   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, NULL,
   3071  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3072  1.1     skrll   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3073  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3074  1.1     skrll 
   3075  1.1     skrll   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, "stl",
   3076  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3077  1.1     skrll   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
   3078  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3079  1.1     skrll   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, "stq",
   3080  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3081  1.1     skrll   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
   3082  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3083  1.1     skrll   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
   3084  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3085  1.1     skrll   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, "stf",
   3086  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3087  1.1     skrll   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, "stg",
   3088  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3089  1.1     skrll   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, "sts",
   3090  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3091  1.1     skrll   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, "stt",
   3092  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3093  1.1     skrll 
   3094  1.1     skrll   { "stb",	emit_stX, (void *) 0,
   3095  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3096  1.1     skrll   { "stw",	emit_stX, (void *) 1,
   3097  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3098  1.1     skrll   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
   3099  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3100  1.1     skrll   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
   3101  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3102  1.1     skrll   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
   3103  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3104  1.1     skrll 
   3105  1.1     skrll /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3106  1.1     skrll 
   3107  1.1     skrll   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
   3108  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3109  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3110  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3111  1.1     skrll   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
   3112  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3113  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3114  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3115  1.1     skrll 
   3116  1.1     skrll   { "divl",	emit_division, "__divl",
   3117  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3118  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3119  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3120  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3121  1.1     skrll   { "divlu",	emit_division, "__divlu",
   3122  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3123  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3124  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3125  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3126  1.1     skrll   { "divq",	emit_division, "__divq",
   3127  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3128  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3129  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3130  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3131  1.1     skrll   { "divqu",	emit_division, "__divqu",
   3132  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3133  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3134  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3135  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3136  1.1     skrll   { "reml",	emit_division, "__reml",
   3137  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3138  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3139  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3140  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3141  1.1     skrll   { "remlu",	emit_division, "__remlu",
   3142  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3143  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3144  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3145  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3146  1.1     skrll   { "remq",	emit_division, "__remq",
   3147  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3148  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3149  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3150  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3151  1.1     skrll   { "remqu",	emit_division, "__remqu",
   3152  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3153  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3154  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3155  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3156  1.1     skrll 
   3157  1.1     skrll   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
   3158  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3159  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3160  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3161  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3162  1.1     skrll   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
   3163  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3164  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3165  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3166  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3167  1.1     skrll   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, "ret",
   3168  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3169  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3170  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3171  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3172  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3173  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3174  1.1     skrll   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3175  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3176  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3177  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3178  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3179  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3180  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3181  1.1     skrll   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3182  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3183  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3184  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3185  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3186  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3187  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3188  1.1     skrll };
   3189  1.1     skrll 
   3190  1.1     skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3191  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3192  1.1     skrll 
   3193  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3194  1.1     skrll    match.  */
   3195  1.1     skrll 
   3196  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
   3197  1.1     skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3198  1.1     skrll 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3199  1.1     skrll 		  int *pntok)
   3200  1.1     skrll 
   3201  1.1     skrll {
   3202  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3203  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   3204  1.1     skrll 
   3205  1.1     skrll   do
   3206  1.1     skrll     {
   3207  1.1     skrll       const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
   3208  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   3209  1.1     skrll 
   3210  1.1     skrll       while (*arg)
   3211  1.1     skrll 	{
   3212  1.1     skrll 	  switch (*arg)
   3213  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3214  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3215  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3216  1.1     skrll 		return macro;
   3217  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3218  1.1     skrll 		tokidx = 0;
   3219  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3220  1.1     skrll 
   3221  1.1     skrll 	      /* Index register.  */
   3222  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3223  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3224  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3225  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3226  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3227  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3228  1.1     skrll 
   3229  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3230  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3231  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3232  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3233  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3234  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3235  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3236  1.1     skrll 
   3237  1.1     skrll 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3238  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3239  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3240  1.1     skrll 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3241  1.1     skrll 		++tokidx;
   3242  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3243  1.1     skrll 
   3244  1.1     skrll 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3245  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3246  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3247  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3248  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3249  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3250  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3251  1.1     skrll 
   3252  1.1     skrll 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3253  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3254  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3255  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3256  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3257  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3258  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3259  1.1     skrll 
   3260  1.1     skrll 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3261  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3262  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3263  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3264  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3265  1.1     skrll 		{
   3266  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   3267  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   3268  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   3269  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   3270  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   3271  1.1     skrll 		case O_literal:
   3272  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_base:
   3273  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3274  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3275  1.1     skrll 		case O_gpdisp:
   3276  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3277  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprellow:
   3278  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprel:
   3279  1.1     skrll 		case O_samegp:
   3280  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   3281  1.1     skrll 
   3282  1.1     skrll 		default:
   3283  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3284  1.1     skrll 		}
   3285  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3286  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3287  1.1     skrll 
   3288  1.1     skrll 	    match_failed:
   3289  1.1     skrll 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3290  1.1     skrll 		++arg;
   3291  1.1     skrll 	      tokidx = 0;
   3292  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3293  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3294  1.1     skrll 	  ++arg;
   3295  1.1     skrll 	}
   3296  1.1     skrll     }
   3297  1.1     skrll   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3298  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3299  1.1     skrll 
   3300  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   3301  1.1     skrll }
   3302  1.1     skrll 
   3303  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3304  1.1     skrll    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3305  1.1     skrll 
   3306  1.1     skrll static void
   3307  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3308  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3309  1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   3310  1.1     skrll 		 int local_macros_on)
   3311  1.1     skrll {
   3312  1.1     skrll   int found_something = 0;
   3313  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3314  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3315  1.1     skrll   int cpumatch = 1;
   3316  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3317  1.1     skrll 
   3318  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3319  1.1     skrll   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3320  1.1     skrll   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3321  1.1     skrll     {
   3322  1.1     skrll       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3323  1.1     skrll       ntok--;
   3324  1.1     skrll     }
   3325  1.1     skrll   else
   3326  1.1     skrll #endif
   3327  1.1     skrll   if (local_macros_on)
   3328  1.1     skrll     {
   3329  1.1     skrll       macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
   3330  1.1     skrll 	       hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
   3331  1.1     skrll       if (macro)
   3332  1.1     skrll 	{
   3333  1.1     skrll 	  found_something = 1;
   3334  1.1     skrll 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3335  1.1     skrll 	  if (macro)
   3336  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3337  1.1     skrll 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3338  1.1     skrll 	      return;
   3339  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3340  1.1     skrll 	}
   3341  1.1     skrll     }
   3342  1.1     skrll 
   3343  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3344  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   3345  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   3346  1.1     skrll     {
   3347  1.1     skrll       found_something = 1;
   3348  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3349  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   3350  1.1     skrll 	{
   3351  1.1     skrll 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3352  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3353  1.1     skrll 
   3354  1.1     skrll 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3355  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3356  1.1     skrll 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3357  1.1     skrll 
   3358  1.1     skrll 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3359  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3360  1.1     skrll 	}
   3361  1.1     skrll     }
   3362  1.1     skrll 
   3363  1.1     skrll   if (found_something)
   3364  1.1     skrll     {
   3365  1.1     skrll       if (cpumatch)
   3366  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3367  1.1     skrll       else
   3368  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3369  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   3370  1.4  christos     }
   3371  1.4  christos   else
   3372  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3373  1.1     skrll }
   3374  1.1     skrll 
   3375  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3377  1.1     skrll 
   3378  1.4  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3379  1.1     skrll    Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3380  1.1     skrll 
   3381  1.1     skrll    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3382  1.1     skrll 
   3383  1.1     skrll static symbolS *
   3384  1.3  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3385  1.3  christos {
   3386  1.5  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3387  1.4  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3388  1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3389  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3390  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3391  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   3392  1.1     skrll   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3393  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   3394  1.1     skrll 
   3395  1.1     skrll   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3396  1.3  christos 
   3397  1.1     skrll   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3398  1.3  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3399  1.3  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3400  1.3  christos 
   3401  1.3  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3402  1.3  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3403  1.3  christos 	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
   3404  1.1     skrll 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3405  1.1     skrll       {
   3406  1.4  christos 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3407  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
   3408  1.3  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3409  1.3  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3410  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
   3411  1.1     skrll 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3412  1.1     skrll       }
   3413  1.4  christos 
   3414  1.3  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3415  1.3  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3416  1.3  christos   linksym = symbol_new
   3417  1.3  christos     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3418  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3419  1.3  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3420  1.4  christos 
   3421  1.3  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3422  1.4  christos   e.X_op = O_subtract;
   3423  1.3  christos   e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
   3424  1.3  christos   e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
   3425  1.1     skrll   e.X_add_number = 0;
   3426  1.1     skrll   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3427  1.4  christos 
   3428  1.4  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3429  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new
   3430  1.1     skrll     (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3431  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3432  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3433  1.1     skrll 
   3434  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3435  1.1     skrll 
   3436  1.1     skrll   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3437  1.1     skrll   return expsym;
   3438  1.1     skrll }
   3439  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3440  1.1     skrll 
   3441  1.1     skrll /* Assembler directives.  */
   3443  1.1     skrll 
   3444  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3445  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3446  1.3  christos 
   3447  1.3  christos static void
   3448  1.3  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3449  1.3  christos {
   3450  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3451  1.3  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3452  1.3  christos #else
   3453  1.3  christos   s_text (i);
   3454  1.3  christos #endif
   3455  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3456  1.3  christos   {
   3457  1.3  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3458  1.3  christos 
   3459  1.1     skrll     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3460  1.1     skrll     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3461  1.1     skrll       {
   3462  1.1     skrll 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3463  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3464  1.1     skrll 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3465  1.1     skrll       }
   3466  1.1     skrll   }
   3467  1.1     skrll #endif
   3468  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3469  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3470  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3471  1.1     skrll }
   3472  1.1     skrll 
   3473  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3474  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3475  1.1     skrll 
   3476  1.1     skrll static void
   3477  1.1     skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
   3478  1.1     skrll {
   3479  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3480  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_data (i);
   3481  1.1     skrll #else
   3482  1.3  christos   s_data (i);
   3483  1.1     skrll #endif
   3484  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3485  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3486  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3487  1.1     skrll }
   3488  1.1     skrll 
   3489  1.1     skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3490  1.3  christos 
   3491  1.1     skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3492  1.1     skrll 
   3493  1.3  christos static void
   3494  1.3  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3495  1.1     skrll {
   3496  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   3497  1.5  christos   char c;
   3498  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3499  1.1     skrll   offsetT size;
   3500  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   3501  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3502  1.1     skrll   offsetT temp;
   3503  1.5  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3504  1.1     skrll #endif
   3505  1.1     skrll 
   3506  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3507  1.1     skrll 
   3508  1.1     skrll   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3509  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   3510  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3511  1.3  christos 
   3512  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3513  1.3  christos 
   3514  1.1     skrll   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3515  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3516  1.1     skrll     {
   3517  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3518  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3519  1.1     skrll     }
   3520  1.3  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3521  1.3  christos     {
   3522  1.3  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3523  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3524  1.3  christos       return;
   3525  1.3  christos     }
   3526  1.3  christos 
   3527  1.3  christos   *p = 0;
   3528  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3529  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3530  1.3  christos 
   3531  1.3  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3532  1.3  christos     {
   3533  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3534  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3535  1.3  christos       return;
   3536  1.3  christos     }
   3537  1.3  christos 
   3538  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3539  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3540  1.3  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3541  1.3  christos   else
   3542  1.1     skrll     {
   3543  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3544  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3545  1.3  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3546  1.3  christos     }
   3547  1.3  christos 
   3548  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3549  1.3  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3550  1.3  christos     ++log_align;
   3551  1.3  christos 
   3552  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3553  1.6  christos     {
   3554  1.3  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3555  1.3  christos 
   3556  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3557  1.3  christos 
   3558  1.5  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3559  1.1     skrll          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3560  1.3  christos 
   3561  1.3  christos       segT sec;
   3562  1.3  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3563  1.3  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3564  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3565  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3566  1.3  christos       int cur_size;
   3567  1.3  christos 
   3568  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3569  1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3570  1.3  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3571  1.3  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3572  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3573  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3574  1.3  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3575  1.3  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3576  1.3  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3577  1.3  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3578  1.3  christos 
   3579  1.3  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3580  1.3  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3581  1.3  christos       if ((int) size > cur_size)
   3582  1.3  christos 	{
   3583  1.3  christos 	  char *pfrag
   3584  1.1     skrll 	    = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
   3585  1.3  christos 			(valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
   3586  1.3  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3587  1.3  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
   3588  1.3  christos 	}
   3589  1.3  christos 
   3590  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3591  1.3  christos 
   3592  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3593  1.3  christos     }
   3594  1.3  christos   else
   3595  1.3  christos     {
   3596  1.3  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3597  1.3  christos 
   3598  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3599  1.3  christos 
   3600  1.3  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3601  1.3  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3602  1.4  christos 
   3603  1.3  christos       char *pfrag;
   3604  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3605  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3606  1.1     skrll 
   3607  1.3  christos       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3608  1.1     skrll       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3609  1.3  christos       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3610  1.1     skrll 
   3611  1.3  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3612  1.5  christos       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
   3613  1.1     skrll                         size, NULL);
   3614  1.1     skrll       *pfrag = 0;
   3615  1.3  christos 
   3616  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3617  1.3  christos 
   3618  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3619  1.3  christos     }
   3620  1.1     skrll #endif
   3621  1.1     skrll 
   3622  1.1     skrll   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3623  1.3  christos     {
   3624  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3625  1.1     skrll         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3626  1.1     skrll                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3627  1.1     skrll                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3628  1.5  christos                 (long) size);
   3629  1.3  christos     }
   3630  1.3  christos   else
   3631  1.1     skrll     {
   3632  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3633  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3634  1.1     skrll #endif
   3635  1.1     skrll       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3636  1.1     skrll     }
   3637  1.1     skrll 
   3638  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3639  1.1     skrll   know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
   3640  1.1     skrll #endif
   3641  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3642  1.1     skrll }
   3643  1.1     skrll 
   3644  1.1     skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3645  1.3  christos 
   3646  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3647  1.1     skrll 
   3648  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3649  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3650  1.1     skrll 
   3651  1.1     skrll static void
   3652  1.1     skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3653  1.1     skrll {
   3654  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3655  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3656  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3657  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3658  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3659  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3660  1.1     skrll }
   3661  1.1     skrll 
   3662  1.1     skrll #endif
   3663  1.3  christos 
   3664  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3665  1.1     skrll 
   3666  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3667  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3668  1.1     skrll 
   3669  1.1     skrll static void
   3670  1.1     skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3671  1.1     skrll {
   3672  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3673  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3674  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3675  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3676  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3677  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3678  1.1     skrll }
   3679  1.1     skrll #endif
   3680  1.1     skrll 
   3681  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3682  1.1     skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3683  1.1     skrll {
   3684  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_sym;
   3685  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3686  1.1     skrll   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3687  1.1     skrll   unsigned int mask;
   3688  1.1     skrll   unsigned int fmask;
   3689  1.1     skrll   int fp_regno;
   3690  1.1     skrll   int ra_regno;
   3691  1.1     skrll   offsetT frame_size;
   3692  1.1     skrll   offsetT mask_offset;
   3693  1.5  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3694  1.5  christos 
   3695  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3696  1.1     skrll };
   3697  1.1     skrll 
   3698  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3699  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3700  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3701  1.1     skrll 
   3702  1.1     skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3703  1.1     skrll 
   3704  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3705  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3706  1.1     skrll 
   3707  1.1     skrll static void
   3708  1.1     skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3709  1.1     skrll {
   3710  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3711  1.1     skrll 
   3712  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3713  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3714  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3715  1.1     skrll }
   3716  1.5  christos 
   3717  1.5  christos static void
   3718  1.5  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3719  1.5  christos {
   3720  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3721  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3722  1.1     skrll   else
   3723  1.1     skrll     {
   3724  1.5  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3725  1.1     skrll 
   3726  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3727  1.1     skrll       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3728  1.1     skrll       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3729  1.1     skrll 
   3730  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3731  1.1     skrll 	{
   3732  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3733  1.1     skrll 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3734  1.1     skrll 	}
   3735  1.1     skrll       else
   3736  1.6  christos 	{
   3737  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3738  1.1     skrll 
   3739  1.1     skrll 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3740  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3741  1.1     skrll 
   3742  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3743  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3744  1.1     skrll 
   3745  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3746  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3747  1.1     skrll 
   3748  1.1     skrll 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3749  1.5  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3750  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3751  1.1     skrll 
   3752  1.1     skrll 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3753  1.1     skrll 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3754  1.1     skrll 
   3755  1.1     skrll 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3756  1.1     skrll 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3757  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
   3758  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3759  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3760  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3761  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3762  1.1     skrll 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3763  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3764  1.1     skrll 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3765  1.1     skrll 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3766  1.1     skrll 	}
   3767  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3768  1.1     skrll     }
   3769  1.1     skrll }
   3770  1.5  christos 
   3771  1.5  christos static void
   3772  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3773  1.1     skrll {
   3774  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3775  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3776  1.1     skrll   else
   3777  1.1     skrll     {
   3778  1.1     skrll       char *name, name_end;
   3779  1.1     skrll 
   3780  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3781  1.1     skrll 
   3782  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3783  1.1     skrll 	{
   3784  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3785  1.1     skrll 	}
   3786  1.1     skrll       else
   3787  1.1     skrll 	{
   3788  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3789  1.1     skrll 
   3790  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3791  1.6  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3792  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3793  1.1     skrll 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3794  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3795  1.1     skrll 
   3796  1.1     skrll 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3797  1.1     skrll 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3798  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3799  1.1     skrll 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3800  1.1     skrll 	      expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
   3801  1.1     skrll 
   3802  1.1     skrll 	      obj->size = exp;
   3803  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3804  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3805  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3806  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3807  1.1     skrll 
   3808  1.1     skrll 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3809  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3810  1.1     skrll 
   3811  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3812  1.1     skrll 	}
   3813  1.1     skrll 
   3814  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3815  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3816  1.1     skrll     }
   3817  1.1     skrll }
   3818  1.1     skrll 
   3819  1.1     skrll static void
   3820  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3821  1.1     skrll {
   3822  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3823  1.1     skrll     {
   3824  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3825  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3826  1.1     skrll       else
   3827  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3828  1.1     skrll     }
   3829  1.1     skrll   else
   3830  1.1     skrll     {
   3831  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3832  1.1     skrll       offsetT offset;
   3833  1.1     skrll 
   3834  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3835  1.1     skrll 	{
   3836  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3837  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3838  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3839  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3840  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3841  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3842  1.1     skrll 	}
   3843  1.1     skrll 
   3844  1.1     skrll       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3845  1.1     skrll 	{
   3846  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3847  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3848  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3849  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3850  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3851  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3852  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3853  1.1     skrll 	}
   3854  1.1     skrll 
   3855  1.1     skrll       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3856  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3857  1.1     skrll 
   3858  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3859  1.1     skrll 	{
   3860  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3861  1.1     skrll           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3862  1.1     skrll 	}
   3863  1.1     skrll       else
   3864  1.1     skrll 	{
   3865  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3866  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3867  1.1     skrll 	}
   3868  1.1     skrll     }
   3869  1.1     skrll }
   3870  1.1     skrll 
   3871  1.1     skrll static void
   3872  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3873  1.1     skrll {
   3874  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3875  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3876  1.1     skrll   else
   3877  1.1     skrll     {
   3878  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3879  1.1     skrll 
   3880  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3881  1.1     skrll 	{
   3882  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3883  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3884  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3885  1.1     skrll 	}
   3886  1.1     skrll 
   3887  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3888  1.1     skrll 
   3889  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3890  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3891  1.1     skrll 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3892  1.1     skrll 	{
   3893  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3894  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3895  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3896  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3897  1.1     skrll 	}
   3898  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3899  1.1     skrll 
   3900  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3901  1.1     skrll 
   3902  1.1     skrll       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3903  1.1     skrll 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3904  1.1     skrll 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3905  1.1     skrll       s_ignore (42);
   3906  1.1     skrll     }
   3907  1.1     skrll }
   3908  1.3  christos 
   3909  1.3  christos static void
   3910  1.1     skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3911  1.1     skrll {
   3912  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   3913  1.1     skrll   int arg;
   3914  1.1     skrll 
   3915  1.1     skrll   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3916  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3917  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   3918  1.1     skrll     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3919  1.1     skrll 
   3920  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3921  1.1     skrll     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3922  1.1     skrll   else
   3923  1.1     skrll     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3924  1.1     skrll 
   3925  1.1     skrll   if (sym == NULL)
   3926  1.1     skrll     {
   3927  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3928  1.1     skrll       return;
   3929  1.1     skrll     }
   3930  1.1     skrll 
   3931  1.1     skrll   switch (arg)
   3932  1.1     skrll     {
   3933  1.1     skrll     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3934  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3935  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3936  1.1     skrll       break;
   3937  1.1     skrll     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3938  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3939  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3940  1.1     skrll       break;
   3941  1.1     skrll     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3942  1.1     skrll       break;
   3943  1.1     skrll 
   3944  1.1     skrll     default:
   3945  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3946  1.1     skrll       break;
   3947  1.1     skrll     }
   3948  1.1     skrll 
   3949  1.1     skrll   if (cur_frame_data)
   3950  1.1     skrll     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3951  1.1     skrll }
   3952  1.1     skrll 
   3953  1.1     skrll static char *first_file_directive;
   3954  1.1     skrll 
   3955  1.1     skrll static void
   3956  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3957  1.1     skrll {
   3958  1.1     skrll   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3959  1.6  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3960  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3961  1.1     skrll     {
   3962  1.1     skrll       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3963  1.1     skrll       size_t len;
   3964  1.1     skrll 
   3965  1.1     skrll       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3966  1.1     skrll 
   3967  1.1     skrll       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3968  1.1     skrll       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3969  1.1     skrll 
   3970  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer = start;
   3971  1.1     skrll     }
   3972  1.1     skrll 
   3973  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3974  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3975  1.1     skrll   else
   3976  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3977  1.1     skrll }
   3978  1.1     skrll 
   3979  1.1     skrll static void
   3980  1.1     skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3981  1.1     skrll {
   3982  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3983  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3984  1.1     skrll   else
   3985  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3986  1.1     skrll }
   3987  1.1     skrll 
   3988  1.1     skrll static void
   3989  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3990  1.1     skrll {
   3991  1.1     skrll   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3992  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3993  1.1     skrll     {
   3994  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3995  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3996  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
   3997  1.1     skrll 
   3998  1.1     skrll       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   3999  1.1     skrll 
   4000  1.1     skrll       if (first_file_directive)
   4001  1.1     skrll 	{
   4002  1.1     skrll 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   4003  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   4004  1.1     skrll 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   4005  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   4006  1.1     skrll 	  free (first_file_directive);
   4007  1.1     skrll 	}
   4008  1.1     skrll 
   4009  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   4010  1.1     skrll     }
   4011  1.1     skrll   s_stab (n);
   4012  1.1     skrll }
   4013  1.1     skrll 
   4014  1.1     skrll static void
   4015  1.1     skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   4016  1.1     skrll {
   4017  1.1     skrll   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   4018  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_begin,
   4019  1.3  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   4020  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_def,
   4021  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_dim,
   4022  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_endef,
   4023  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_scl,
   4024  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_tag,
   4025  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_val,
   4026  1.1     skrll   };
   4027  1.1     skrll 
   4028  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4029  1.1     skrll 
   4030  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4031  1.1     skrll     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4032  1.1     skrll   else
   4033  1.1     skrll     {
   4034  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4035  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4036  1.1     skrll     }
   4037  1.1     skrll }
   4038  1.1     skrll 
   4039  1.1     skrll /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4040  1.1     skrll    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4041  1.1     skrll 
   4042  1.1     skrll void
   4043  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
   4044  1.1     skrll {
   4045  1.4  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4046  1.4  christos 
   4047  1.4  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4048  1.4  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4049  1.4  christos 
   4050  1.4  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4051  1.4  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4052  1.4  christos     return;
   4053  1.1     skrll 
   4054  1.1     skrll   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4055  1.1     skrll      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4056  1.1     skrll      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4057  1.1     skrll      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4058  1.1     skrll      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4059  1.1     skrll   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4060  1.1     skrll     return;
   4061  1.1     skrll 
   4062  1.1     skrll   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4063  1.5  christos   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4064  1.1     skrll     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4065  1.1     skrll       {
   4066  1.1     skrll 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4067  1.1     skrll 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4068  1.1     skrll 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4069  1.1     skrll 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
   4070  1.1     skrll 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
   4071  1.1     skrll 
   4072  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4073  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4074  1.1     skrll 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4075  1.1     skrll 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4076  1.1     skrll 	  {
   4077  1.1     skrll 	    unsigned int mask;
   4078  1.1     skrll 	    offsetT offset;
   4079  1.1     skrll 
   4080  1.1     skrll 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4081  1.1     skrll 
   4082  1.1     skrll 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4083  1.1     skrll 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4084  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4085  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4086  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4087  1.1     skrll 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4088  1.1     skrll 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4089  1.1     skrll 
   4090  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->mask;
   4091  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4092  1.1     skrll 
   4093  1.1     skrll 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4094  1.1     skrll 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4095  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4096  1.1     skrll 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4097  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4098  1.1     skrll 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4099  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4100  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4101  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4102  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4103  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4104  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4105  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4106  1.1     skrll 
   4107  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4108  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4109  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4110  1.1     skrll 
   4111  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4112  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4113  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4114  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4115  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4116  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4117  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4118  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4119  1.1     skrll 
   4120  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4121  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4122  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4123  1.1     skrll 	  }
   4124  1.1     skrll 
   4125  1.1     skrll 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4126  1.1     skrll       }
   4127  1.1     skrll }
   4128  1.5  christos 
   4129  1.1     skrll static void
   4130  1.1     skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4131  1.1     skrll {
   4132  1.1     skrll   char *name, name_end;
   4133  1.5  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4134  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   4135  1.1     skrll   int other;
   4136  1.1     skrll 
   4137  1.1     skrll   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4138  1.1     skrll 
   4139  1.5  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4140  1.5  christos     {
   4141  1.5  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4142  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4143  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4144  1.1     skrll       return;
   4145  1.1     skrll     }
   4146  1.1     skrll 
   4147  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4148  1.1     skrll   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4149  1.1     skrll   if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
   4150  1.1     skrll     input_line_pointer++;
   4151  1.5  christos 
   4152  1.5  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4153  1.1     skrll     {
   4154  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4155  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4156  1.1     skrll       return;
   4157  1.1     skrll     }
   4158  1.1     skrll 
   4159  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4160  1.1     skrll 
   4161  1.1     skrll   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4162  1.1     skrll 
   4163  1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4164  1.5  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4165  1.1     skrll   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4166  1.1     skrll     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4167  1.1     skrll   else
   4168  1.1     skrll     {
   4169  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4170  1.1     skrll       other = 0;
   4171  1.1     skrll     }
   4172  1.1     skrll 
   4173  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4174  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4175  1.1     skrll 
   4176  1.1     skrll   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4177  1.1     skrll }
   4178  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4179  1.1     skrll 
   4180  1.1     skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4181  1.3  christos 
   4182  1.6  christos void
   4183  1.3  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4184  1.3  christos {
   4185  1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4186  1.3  christos }
   4187  1.3  christos 
   4188  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4189  1.3  christos 
   4190  1.3  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4191  1.3  christos static const char *
   4192  1.3  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4193  1.3  christos {
   4194  1.3  christos   char *name;
   4195  1.3  christos 
   4196  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4197  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4198  1.3  christos     {
   4199  1.3  christos       int dummy;
   4200  1.3  christos 
   4201  1.3  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4202  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4203  1.3  christos 	{
   4204  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4205  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4206  1.3  christos 	}
   4207  1.3  christos     }
   4208  1.3  christos   else
   4209  1.3  christos     {
   4210  1.3  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4211  1.3  christos 
   4212  1.6  christos       while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
   4213  1.3  christos 	end++;
   4214  1.3  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4215  1.3  christos 	{
   4216  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4217  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4218  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4219  1.3  christos 	}
   4220  1.3  christos 
   4221  1.3  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4222  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4223  1.3  christos     }
   4224  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4225  1.3  christos   return name;
   4226  1.3  christos }
   4227  1.3  christos 
   4228  1.3  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4229  1.3  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4230  1.3  christos 
   4231  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4232  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4233  1.3  christos 
   4234  1.3  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4235  1.3  christos 
   4236  1.3  christos static flagword
   4237  1.5  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4238  1.3  christos {
   4239  1.3  christos   int no = 0;
   4240  1.3  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4241  1.3  christos 
   4242  1.3  christos   if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
   4243  1.3  christos     {
   4244  1.3  christos       no = 1;
   4245  1.3  christos       str += 2;
   4246  1.3  christos       len -= 2;
   4247  1.3  christos     }
   4248  1.3  christos 
   4249  1.3  christos   if (len == 3)
   4250  1.3  christos     {
   4251  1.3  christos       if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
   4252  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4253  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
   4254  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4255  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
   4256  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4257  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
   4258  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4259  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
   4260  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4261  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
   4262  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4263  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
   4264  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4265  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
   4266  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4267  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
   4268  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4269  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
   4270  1.3  christos 	{
   4271  1.3  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4272  1.3  christos 	  no = 0;
   4273  1.3  christos 	}
   4274  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
   4275  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4276  1.3  christos     }
   4277  1.3  christos 
   4278  1.3  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4279  1.3  christos     {
   4280  1.3  christos       char c = str[len];
   4281  1.3  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4282  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4283  1.3  christos       str[len] = c;
   4284  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   4285  1.1     skrll     }
   4286  1.3  christos 
   4287  1.3  christos   if (no)
   4288  1.6  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4289  1.3  christos   else
   4290  1.3  christos     return flag;
   4291  1.1     skrll }
   4292  1.1     skrll 
   4293  1.1     skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4294  1.6  christos 
   4295  1.6  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4296  1.3  christos 
   4297  1.3  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4298  1.3  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4299  1.1     skrll 
   4300  1.3  christos static void
   4301  1.3  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4302  1.3  christos {
   4303  1.3  christos   const char *name;
   4304  1.3  christos   char *beg;
   4305  1.3  christos   segT sec;
   4306  1.3  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4307  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4308  1.3  christos 
   4309  1.3  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4310  1.3  christos     {
   4311  1.3  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4312  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4313  1.3  christos         return;
   4314  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4315  1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4316  1.3  christos         {
   4317  1.5  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4318  1.3  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4319  1.3  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4320  1.3  christos 
   4321  1.3  christos      	  do
   4322  1.5  christos      	    {
   4323  1.3  christos      	      char c;
   4324  1.3  christos 
   4325  1.5  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4326  1.3  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4327  1.3  christos      	      *input_line_pointer = c;
   4328  1.3  christos 
   4329  1.3  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4330  1.3  christos 
   4331  1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4332  1.3  christos      	    }
   4333  1.3  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4334  1.3  christos 
   4335  1.3  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4336  1.3  christos         }
   4337  1.3  christos 
   4338  1.1     skrll 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4339  1.3  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4340  1.3  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4341  1.1     skrll         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4342  1.3  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4343  1.3  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4344  1.3  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4345  1.3  christos     }
   4346  1.3  christos   else
   4347  1.3  christos     {
   4348  1.3  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4349  1.3  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4350  1.3  christos     }
   4351  1.3  christos 
   4352  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4353  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4354  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4355  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4356  1.1     skrll }
   4357  1.1     skrll 
   4358  1.1     skrll static void
   4359  1.1     skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4360  1.1     skrll {
   4361  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4362  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4363  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4364  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4365  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4366  1.1     skrll }
   4367  1.4  christos 
   4368  1.4  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4369  1.4  christos 
   4370  1.4  christos static void
   4371  1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4372  1.3  christos {
   4373  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4374  1.3  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4375  1.3  christos 
   4376  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4377  1.3  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4378  1.3  christos 
   4379  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4380  1.3  christos 
   4381  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4382  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4383  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4384  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4385  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4386  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4387  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4388  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4389  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4390  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4391  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4392  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4393  1.1     skrll 
   4394  1.1     skrll   expression (&symexpr);
   4395  1.1     skrll 
   4396  1.3  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4397  1.3  christos     {
   4398  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4399  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4400  1.3  christos       return;
   4401  1.3  christos     }
   4402  1.3  christos 
   4403  1.3  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4404  1.3  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4405  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4406  1.3  christos 
   4407  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4408  1.3  christos }
   4409  1.5  christos 
   4410  1.5  christos static void
   4411  1.1     skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4412  1.3  christos {
   4413  1.3  christos   if (is_data)
   4414  1.3  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4415  1.3  christos   else
   4416  1.3  christos     {
   4417  1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4418  1.3  christos 
   4419  1.3  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4420  1.3  christos 
   4421  1.3  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4422  1.3  christos 	{
   4423  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4424  1.5  christos 	}
   4425  1.5  christos       else
   4426  1.5  christos 	{
   4427  1.5  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4428  1.1     skrll 
   4429  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4430  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4431  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4432  1.1     skrll 	}
   4433  1.1     skrll 
   4434  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4435  1.1     skrll     }
   4436  1.1     skrll 
   4437  1.4  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4438  1.1     skrll }
   4439  1.3  christos 
   4440  1.1     skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4441  1.1     skrll 
   4442  1.1     skrll static void
   4443  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4444  1.1     skrll {
   4445  1.1     skrll   long val;
   4446  1.1     skrll   int ra;
   4447  1.1     skrll 
   4448  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4449  1.1     skrll 
   4450  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4451  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4452  1.1     skrll       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4453  1.4  christos     {
   4454  1.4  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4455  1.4  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4456  1.4  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4457  1.1     skrll       return;
   4458  1.1     skrll     }
   4459  1.1     skrll 
   4460  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4461  1.1     skrll 
   4462  1.1     skrll   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4463  1.1     skrll   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4464  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4465  1.3  christos 
   4466  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4467  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4468  1.3  christos     {
   4469  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4470  1.3  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4471  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4472  1.3  christos       return;
   4473  1.3  christos     }
   4474  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4475  1.3  christos }
   4476  1.1     skrll 
   4477  1.1     skrll /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4478  1.4  christos 
   4479  1.3  christos static void
   4480  1.3  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4481  1.1     skrll {
   4482  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4483  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   4484  1.1     skrll     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4485  1.1     skrll }
   4486  1.5  christos 
   4487  1.1     skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4488  1.1     skrll    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4489  1.4  christos 
   4490  1.4  christos static void
   4491  1.1     skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4492  1.4  christos {
   4493  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4494  1.1     skrll   char name_end;
   4495  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4496  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4497  1.1     skrll   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4498  1.1     skrll   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4499  1.1     skrll   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4500  1.3  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4501  1.3  christos   size_t len;
   4502  1.1     skrll 
   4503  1.4  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4504  1.1     skrll     {
   4505  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4506  1.5  christos       return;
   4507  1.3  christos     }
   4508  1.4  christos 
   4509  1.5  christos   expression (&exp);
   4510  1.4  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4511  1.3  christos     {
   4512  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4513  1.1     skrll       return;
   4514  1.4  christos     }
   4515  1.1     skrll 
   4516  1.1     skrll   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4517  1.4  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4518  1.4  christos 
   4519  1.1     skrll   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4520  1.4  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4521  1.4  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4522  1.4  christos     {
   4523  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4524  1.4  christos       return;
   4525  1.4  christos     }
   4526  1.4  christos   len -= 4;
   4527  1.4  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4528  1.1     skrll 
   4529  1.4  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4530  1.4  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4531  1.5  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4532  1.3  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4533  1.3  christos     {
   4534  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4535  1.3  christos       return;
   4536  1.5  christos     }
   4537  1.1     skrll 
   4538  1.1     skrll   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4539  1.1     skrll   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4540  1.1     skrll 
   4541  1.1     skrll   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4542  1.1     skrll   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4543  1.1     skrll      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4544  1.1     skrll        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4545  1.1     skrll 
   4546  1.5  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4547  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4548  1.1     skrll     {
   4549  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4550  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4551  1.1     skrll       return;
   4552  1.3  christos     }
   4553  1.1     skrll 
   4554  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4555  1.3  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4556  1.1     skrll 
   4557  1.1     skrll   if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
   4558  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4559  1.5  christos 
   4560  1.1     skrll   else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
   4561  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4562  1.1     skrll 
   4563  1.1     skrll   else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
   4564  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4565  1.5  christos 
   4566  1.1     skrll   else
   4567  1.1     skrll     {
   4568  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4569  1.1     skrll       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4570  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4571  1.1     skrll       return;
   4572  1.1     skrll     }
   4573  1.1     skrll 
   4574  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4575  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4576  1.1     skrll 
   4577  1.3  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4578  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4579  1.3  christos #endif
   4580  1.3  christos 
   4581  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4582  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (16);
   4583  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4584  1.1     skrll   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4585  1.1     skrll 
   4586  1.1     skrll   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4587  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4588  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4589  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4590  1.3  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4591  1.3  christos 
   4592  1.1     skrll   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4593  1.1     skrll     {
   4594  1.3  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4595  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4596  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4597  1.1     skrll       break;
   4598  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4599  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4600  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4601  1.3  christos       break;
   4602  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4603  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4604  1.1     skrll       break;
   4605  1.1     skrll     default:		/* impossible */
   4606  1.4  christos       break;
   4607  1.4  christos     }
   4608  1.1     skrll 
   4609  1.3  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4610  1.1     skrll   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4611  1.1     skrll 
   4612  1.4  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4613  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4614  1.3  christos 
   4615  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4616  1.1     skrll                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4617  1.1     skrll 
   4618  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4619  1.3  christos     return;
   4620  1.3  christos 
   4621  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4622  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (6);
   4623  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4624  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4625  1.1     skrll 
   4626  1.4  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4627  1.1     skrll   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4628  1.3  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4629  1.3  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4630  1.3  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4631  1.3  christos 
   4632  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4633  1.3  christos     return;
   4634  1.3  christos 
   4635  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4636  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4637  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4638  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4639  1.3  christos 
   4640  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4641  1.3  christos     {
   4642  1.3  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4643  1.1     skrll       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4644  1.1     skrll 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4645  1.1     skrll     }
   4646  1.1     skrll 
   4647  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4648  1.1     skrll     {
   4649  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4650  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4651  1.1     skrll     }
   4652  1.1     skrll }
   4653  1.1     skrll 
   4654  1.1     skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4655  1.1     skrll 
   4656  1.1     skrll static void
   4657  1.1     skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4658  1.1     skrll {
   4659  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4660  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4661  1.1     skrll 
   4662  1.1     skrll   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4663  1.1     skrll     {
   4664  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4665  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4666  1.1     skrll       return;
   4667  1.1     skrll     }
   4668  1.1     skrll 
   4669  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4670  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4671  1.1     skrll     {
   4672  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4673  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4674  1.1     skrll       return;
   4675  1.1     skrll     }
   4676  1.1     skrll 
   4677  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4678  1.1     skrll 
   4679  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4680  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4681  1.3  christos #endif
   4682  1.3  christos 
   4683  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4684  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (8);
   4685  1.1     skrll 
   4686  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4687  1.1     skrll }
   4688  1.3  christos 
   4689  1.1     skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4690  1.1     skrll    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4691  1.1     skrll 
   4692  1.1     skrll static void
   4693  1.1     skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4694  1.1     skrll {
   4695  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4696  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4697  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   4698  1.1     skrll 
   4699  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4700  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4701  1.3  christos #endif
   4702  1.5  christos 
   4703  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4704  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4705  1.3  christos     {
   4706  1.4  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4707  1.3  christos     }
   4708  1.3  christos   else
   4709  1.4  christos     {
   4710  1.4  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4711  1.4  christos 
   4712  1.4  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4713  1.4  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4714  1.6  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4715  1.3  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4716  1.4  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4717  1.3  christos 
   4718  1.3  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4719  1.4  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
   4720  1.4  christos 	  (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4721  1.4  christos 
   4722  1.3  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4723  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4724  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4725  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4726  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4727  1.1     skrll 
   4728  1.1     skrll       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4729  1.3  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4730  1.3  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4731  1.3  christos       else
   4732  1.1     skrll         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4733  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4734  1.1     skrll     }
   4735  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4736  1.1     skrll }
   4737  1.1     skrll 
   4738  1.1     skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4739  1.1     skrll    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4740  1.1     skrll 
   4741  1.1     skrll static void
   4742  1.1     skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4743  1.1     skrll {
   4744  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4745  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4746  1.1     skrll 
   4747  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4748  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4749  1.1     skrll #endif
   4750  1.1     skrll 
   4751  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4752  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4753  1.1     skrll     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4754  1.1     skrll   else
   4755  1.1     skrll     {
   4756  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4757  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4758  1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4759  1.1     skrll 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4760  1.1     skrll     }
   4761  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4762  1.1     skrll }
   4763  1.1     skrll 
   4764  1.1     skrll static void
   4765  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4766  1.1     skrll {
   4767  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4768  1.1     skrll 
   4769  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4770  1.1     skrll }
   4771  1.1     skrll 
   4772  1.1     skrll static void
   4773  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4774  1.1     skrll {
   4775  1.3  christos   long val;
   4776  1.1     skrll 
   4777  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4778  1.1     skrll     {
   4779  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4780  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4781  1.1     skrll     }
   4782  1.1     skrll   else
   4783  1.1     skrll     {
   4784  1.1     skrll       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4785  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4786  1.1     skrll     }
   4787  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4788  1.1     skrll }
   4789  1.1     skrll 
   4790  1.1     skrll static void
   4791  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4792  1.1     skrll {
   4793  1.3  christos   long val;
   4794  1.1     skrll 
   4795  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4796  1.1     skrll     {
   4797  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4798  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4799  1.1     skrll     }
   4800  1.1     skrll   else
   4801  1.1     skrll     {
   4802  1.5  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4803  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4804  1.1     skrll     }
   4805  1.5  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4806  1.5  christos }
   4807  1.1     skrll 
   4808  1.4  christos static void
   4809  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4810  1.1     skrll {
   4811  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4812  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4813  1.1     skrll 
   4814  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4815  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4816  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4817  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4818  1.1     skrll }
   4819  1.1     skrll 
   4820  1.1     skrll static void
   4821  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4822  1.1     skrll {
   4823  1.1     skrll   symbolS *s;
   4824  1.1     skrll   int length;
   4825  1.1     skrll   static char case_hack[32];
   4826  1.1     skrll 
   4827  1.1     skrll   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4828  1.1     skrll 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4829  1.1     skrll 
   4830  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4831  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4832  1.1     skrll 
   4833  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   4834  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4835  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4836  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4837  1.1     skrll }
   4838  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4839  1.1     skrll 
   4840  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4841  1.1     skrll 
   4842  1.1     skrll static void
   4843  1.1     skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4844  1.1     skrll {
   4845  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   4846  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4847  1.1     skrll 
   4848  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4849  1.1     skrll   expression (&e);
   4850  1.1     skrll 
   4851  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4852  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4853  1.1     skrll     {
   4854  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4855  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4856  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4857  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   4858  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4859  1.1     skrll       break;
   4860  1.1     skrll     default:
   4861  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4862  1.1     skrll     }
   4863  1.1     skrll #else
   4864  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4865  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4866  1.1     skrll     {
   4867  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4868  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4869  1.1     skrll       /* fall through */
   4870  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4871  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4872  1.1     skrll       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4873  1.1     skrll       break;
   4874  1.1     skrll     default:
   4875  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4876  1.1     skrll     }
   4877  1.1     skrll #endif
   4878  1.1     skrll #endif
   4879  1.1     skrll 
   4880  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4881  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4882  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4883  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4884  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4885  1.1     skrll 
   4886  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (4);
   4887  1.1     skrll   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4888  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4889  1.1     skrll 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4890  1.1     skrll }
   4891  1.1     skrll 
   4892  1.1     skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4893  1.1     skrll    generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4894  1.1     skrll    correctly aligned.  */
   4895  1.1     skrll 
   4896  1.1     skrll static void
   4897  1.1     skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4898  1.1     skrll {
   4899  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   4900  1.1     skrll 
   4901  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   4902  1.1     skrll     {
   4903  1.1     skrll     default:
   4904  1.1     skrll     case 'f':
   4905  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   4906  1.1     skrll       log_size = 2;
   4907  1.1     skrll       break;
   4908  1.1     skrll 
   4909  1.1     skrll     case 'd':
   4910  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   4911  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   4912  1.1     skrll       log_size = 3;
   4913  1.1     skrll       break;
   4914  1.1     skrll 
   4915  1.1     skrll     case 'x':
   4916  1.1     skrll     case 'X':
   4917  1.1     skrll     case 'p':
   4918  1.1     skrll     case 'P':
   4919  1.1     skrll       log_size = 4;
   4920  1.1     skrll       break;
   4921  1.1     skrll     }
   4922  1.1     skrll 
   4923  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4924  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4925  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4926  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4927  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4928  1.1     skrll 
   4929  1.1     skrll   float_cons (type);
   4930  1.1     skrll }
   4931  1.1     skrll 
   4932  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4933  1.1     skrll    parse it.  */
   4934  1.1     skrll 
   4935  1.1     skrll static void
   4936  1.1     skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4937  1.5  christos {
   4938  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4939  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4940  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4941  1.5  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4942  1.1     skrll   int temp;
   4943  1.1     skrll 
   4944  1.1     skrll   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4945  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4946  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4947  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   4948  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4949  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   4950  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4951  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4952  1.1     skrll     {
   4953  1.1     skrll       *p = 0;
   4954  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4955  1.1     skrll       *p = c;
   4956  1.3  christos       temp = 0;
   4957  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4958  1.1     skrll     }
   4959  1.1     skrll   else
   4960  1.1     skrll     {
   4961  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4962  1.1     skrll       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4963  1.1     skrll     }
   4964  1.1     skrll   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4965  1.1     skrll   (void) symbolP;
   4966  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4967  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4968  1.1     skrll }
   4969  1.1     skrll 
   4970  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4971  1.1     skrll    the assembler features.  */
   4972  1.5  christos 
   4973  1.1     skrll static void
   4974  1.1     skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4975  1.1     skrll {
   4976  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch, *s;
   4977  1.1     skrll   int yesno = 1;
   4978  1.1     skrll 
   4979  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4980  1.1     skrll 
   4981  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4982  1.1     skrll   s = name;
   4983  1.1     skrll   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4984  1.1     skrll     {
   4985  1.1     skrll       yesno = 0;
   4986  1.1     skrll       s += 2;
   4987  1.1     skrll     }
   4988  1.1     skrll   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4989  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4990  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4991  1.1     skrll     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4992  1.5  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4993  1.1     skrll     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4994  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4995  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4996  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4997  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4998  1.1     skrll   else
   4999  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   5000  1.1     skrll 
   5001  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5002  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5003  1.1     skrll }
   5004  1.1     skrll 
   5005  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   5006  1.1     skrll    the $gp register.  */
   5007  1.1     skrll 
   5008  1.1     skrll static void
   5009  1.1     skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5010  1.1     skrll {
   5011  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5012  1.1     skrll 
   5013  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   5014  1.1     skrll     {
   5015  1.1     skrll       /* $rNN form.  */
   5016  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5017  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   5018  1.1     skrll 	input_line_pointer++;
   5019  1.1     skrll     }
   5020  1.1     skrll 
   5021  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   5022  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   5023  1.1     skrll     {
   5024  1.1     skrll       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   5025  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   5026  1.1     skrll     }
   5027  1.1     skrll 
   5028  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5029  1.1     skrll }
   5030  1.1     skrll 
   5031  1.3  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5032  1.1     skrll    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5033  1.1     skrll    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5034  1.1     skrll 
   5035  1.1     skrll static void
   5036  1.1     skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5037  1.1     skrll {
   5038  1.1     skrll   int align;
   5039  1.1     skrll   char fill, *pfill;
   5040  1.1     skrll   long max_alignment = 16;
   5041  1.1     skrll 
   5042  1.1     skrll   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5043  1.1     skrll   if (align > max_alignment)
   5044  1.1     skrll     {
   5045  1.1     skrll       align = max_alignment;
   5046  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5047  1.1     skrll     }
   5048  1.1     skrll   else if (align < 0)
   5049  1.1     skrll     {
   5050  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5051  1.1     skrll       align = 0;
   5052  1.1     skrll     }
   5053  1.1     skrll 
   5054  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5055  1.1     skrll     {
   5056  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5057  1.4  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5058  1.1     skrll       pfill = &fill;
   5059  1.1     skrll     }
   5060  1.1     skrll   else
   5061  1.1     skrll     pfill = NULL;
   5062  1.1     skrll 
   5063  1.4  christos   if (align != 0)
   5064  1.1     skrll     {
   5065  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5066  1.1     skrll       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5067  1.1     skrll     }
   5068  1.1     skrll   else
   5069  1.1     skrll     {
   5070  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5071  1.1     skrll     }
   5072  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5073  1.1     skrll 
   5074  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5075  1.1     skrll }
   5076  1.1     skrll 
   5077  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5078  1.1     skrll 
   5079  1.1     skrll static void
   5080  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5081  1.1     skrll {
   5082  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5083  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5084  1.1     skrll   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5085  1.1     skrll }
   5086  1.1     skrll 
   5087  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5088  1.1     skrll 
   5089  1.1     skrll static void
   5090  1.1     skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5091  1.1     skrll {
   5092  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5093  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5094  1.1     skrll   s_space (ignore);
   5095  1.1     skrll }
   5096  1.1     skrll 
   5097  1.1     skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5098  1.1     skrll 
   5099  1.1     skrll void
   5100  1.1     skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5101  1.1     skrll {
   5102  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   5103  1.1     skrll 
   5104  1.1     skrll   log_size = 0;
   5105  1.1     skrll   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5106  1.1     skrll     ++log_size;
   5107  1.1     skrll 
   5108  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5109  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5110  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5111  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5112  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5113  1.1     skrll }
   5114  1.1     skrll 
   5115  1.1     skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5116  1.1     skrll    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5117  1.1     skrll 
   5118  1.1     skrll static void
   5119  1.1     skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5120  1.1     skrll {
   5121  1.1     skrll   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5122  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5123  1.1     skrll   cons (bytes);
   5124  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5125  1.1     skrll }
   5126  1.1     skrll 
   5127  1.5  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5128  1.5  christos 
   5129  1.1     skrll static void
   5130  1.1     skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5131  1.1     skrll {
   5132  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch;
   5133  1.1     skrll   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5134  1.1     skrll 
   5135  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5136  1.3  christos 
   5137  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5138  1.1     skrll 
   5139  1.5  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5140  1.1     skrll     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5141  1.1     skrll       {
   5142  1.1     skrll 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5143  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   5144  1.1     skrll       }
   5145  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5146  1.1     skrll 
   5147  1.1     skrll found:
   5148  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5149  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5150  1.1     skrll }
   5151  1.1     skrll 
   5152  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5154  1.1     skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5155  1.1     skrll 
   5156  1.1     skrll static void
   5157  1.1     skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5158  1.1     skrll {
   5159  1.3  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5160  1.1     skrll     {
   5161  1.1     skrll     case O_cpregister:
   5162  1.1     skrll       putc (',', f);
   5163  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   5164  1.3  christos     case O_pregister:
   5165  1.1     skrll       putc ('(', f);
   5166  1.1     skrll       {
   5167  1.1     skrll 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5168  1.1     skrll 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5169  1.1     skrll 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5170  1.1     skrll       }
   5171  1.1     skrll       putc (')', f);
   5172  1.1     skrll       break;
   5173  1.1     skrll     default:
   5174  1.1     skrll       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5175  1.1     skrll       break;
   5176  1.1     skrll     }
   5177  1.1     skrll }
   5178  1.1     skrll #endif
   5179  1.1     skrll 
   5180  1.1     skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5182  1.1     skrll 
   5183  1.1     skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5184  1.1     skrll {
   5185  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5186  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5187  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5188  1.1     skrll #endif
   5189  1.1     skrll   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5190  1.3  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5191  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5192  1.3  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5193  1.3  christos #endif
   5194  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5195  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5196  1.3  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5197  1.3  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5198  1.3  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5199  1.3  christos #endif
   5200  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5201  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5202  1.3  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5203  1.3  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5204  1.3  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5205  1.3  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5206  1.3  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5207  1.3  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5208  1.3  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5209  1.3  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5210  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5211  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5212  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5213  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5214  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5215  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5216  1.1     skrll   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5217  1.1     skrll   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5218  1.1     skrll   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5219  1.1     skrll   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5220  1.1     skrll   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5221  1.1     skrll #endif
   5222  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5223  1.1     skrll   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5224  1.1     skrll   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5225  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5226  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5227  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5228  1.1     skrll   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5229  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5230  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5231  1.1     skrll   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5232  1.1     skrll   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5233  1.1     skrll   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5234  1.3  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5235  1.3  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5236  1.3  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5237  1.1     skrll   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5238  1.1     skrll   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5239  1.3  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5240  1.1     skrll   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5241  1.1     skrll   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5242  1.1     skrll   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5243  1.1     skrll   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5244  1.1     skrll #else
   5245  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5246  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5247  1.1     skrll #else
   5248  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5249  1.1     skrll #endif
   5250  1.1     skrll #endif
   5251  1.1     skrll   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5252  1.1     skrll   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5253  1.1     skrll   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5254  1.1     skrll   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5255  1.1     skrll   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5256  1.1     skrll   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5257  1.1     skrll 
   5258  1.1     skrll   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5259  1.1     skrll   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5260  1.1     skrll   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5261  1.1     skrll   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5262  1.1     skrll   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5263  1.1     skrll   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5264  1.1     skrll   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5265  1.1     skrll   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5266  1.1     skrll   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5267  1.1     skrll   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5268  1.1     skrll 
   5269  1.1     skrll   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5270  1.1     skrll   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5271  1.1     skrll   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5272  1.1     skrll   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5273  1.1     skrll   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5274  1.1     skrll   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5275  1.1     skrll   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5276  1.1     skrll   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5277  1.1     skrll   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5278  1.1     skrll   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5279  1.1     skrll 
   5280  1.1     skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5281  1.1     skrll   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5282  1.1     skrll   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5283  1.1     skrll   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5284  1.1     skrll 
   5285  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5286  1.1     skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5287  1.1     skrll   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5288  1.1     skrll   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5289  1.1     skrll   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5290  1.1     skrll #endif
   5291  1.1     skrll 
   5292  1.1     skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5293  1.1     skrll   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5294  1.1     skrll   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5295  1.1     skrll 
   5296  1.1     skrll   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5297  1.1     skrll 
   5298  1.1     skrll   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5299  1.1     skrll };
   5300  1.1     skrll 
   5301  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5303  1.1     skrll 
   5304  1.1     skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5305  1.1     skrll    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5306  1.1     skrll 
   5307  1.1     skrll static inline void
   5308  1.1     skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5309  1.1     skrll {
   5310  1.3  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5311  1.1     skrll 
   5312  1.1     skrll   if (!sec)
   5313  1.1     skrll     return;
   5314  1.1     skrll   vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
   5315  1.1     skrll   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5316  1.1     skrll     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5317  1.1     skrll }
   5318  1.1     skrll 
   5319  1.1     skrll static void
   5320  1.1     skrll select_gp_value (void)
   5321  1.1     skrll {
   5322  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5323  1.1     skrll 
   5324  1.1     skrll   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5325  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5326  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value--;
   5327  1.1     skrll 
   5328  1.1     skrll   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5329  1.1     skrll   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5330  1.1     skrll 
   5331  1.1     skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5332  1.1     skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5333  1.1     skrll 
   5334  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5335  1.3  christos 
   5336  1.6  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5337  1.1     skrll 
   5338  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5339  1.1     skrll   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5340  1.1     skrll #endif
   5341  1.3  christos }
   5342  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5343  1.1     skrll 
   5344  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5345  1.1     skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5346  1.1     skrll 
   5347  1.1     skrll bfd_vma
   5348  1.3  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
   5349  1.1     skrll {
   5350  1.1     skrll   if (letter == 's')
   5351  1.1     skrll     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5352  1.1     skrll 
   5353  1.1     skrll   *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
   5354  1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5355  1.1     skrll }
   5356  1.1     skrll 
   5357  1.1     skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5358  1.1     skrll 
   5359  1.1     skrll flagword
   5360  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5361  1.1     skrll {
   5362  1.6  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5363  1.6  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5364  1.1     skrll   return flags;
   5365  1.1     skrll }
   5366  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5367  1.1     skrll 
   5368  1.1     skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5369  1.1     skrll    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5370  1.1     skrll 
   5371  1.1     skrll void
   5372  1.1     skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5373  1.1     skrll {
   5374  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5375  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5376  1.1     skrll   {
   5377  1.1     skrll     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5378  1.1     skrll     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5379  1.1     skrll   };
   5380  1.1     skrll 
   5381  1.1     skrll   int bytes, fix;
   5382  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   5383  1.1     skrll 
   5384  1.1     skrll   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5385  1.1     skrll     return;
   5386  1.1     skrll 
   5387  1.1     skrll   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5388  1.1     skrll   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5389  1.1     skrll   fix = 0;
   5390  1.1     skrll 
   5391  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 3)
   5392  1.1     skrll     {
   5393  1.1     skrll       fix = bytes & 3;
   5394  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5395  1.1     skrll       p += fix;
   5396  1.1     skrll       bytes -= fix;
   5397  1.1     skrll     }
   5398  1.1     skrll 
   5399  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 4)
   5400  1.1     skrll     {
   5401  1.1     skrll       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5402  1.1     skrll       p += 4;
   5403  1.1     skrll       bytes -= 4;
   5404  1.1     skrll       fix += 4;
   5405  1.1     skrll     }
   5406  1.1     skrll 
   5407  1.1     skrll   memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5408  1.1     skrll 
   5409  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5410  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5411  1.1     skrll }
   5412  1.1     skrll 
   5413  1.1     skrll /* Public interface functions.  */
   5415  1.1     skrll 
   5416  1.1     skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5417  1.3  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5418  1.1     skrll    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5419  1.1     skrll 
   5420  1.1     skrll void
   5421  1.1     skrll md_begin (void)
   5422  1.1     skrll {
   5423  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
   5424  1.1     skrll 
   5425  1.1     skrll   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5426  1.1     skrll   {
   5427  1.1     skrll     expressionS e;
   5428  1.1     skrll 
   5429  1.1     skrll     e.X_op = O_max;
   5430  1.1     skrll     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5431  1.1     skrll   }
   5432  1.1     skrll 
   5433  1.1     skrll   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5434  1.1     skrll   alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
   5435  1.1     skrll 
   5436  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5437  1.1     skrll     {
   5438  1.1     skrll       const char *name, *retval, *slash;
   5439  1.1     skrll 
   5440  1.6  christos       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5441  1.1     skrll       retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5442  1.1     skrll       if (retval)
   5443  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
   5444  1.1     skrll 		  name, retval);
   5445  1.1     skrll 
   5446  1.1     skrll       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5447  1.1     skrll 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5448  1.1     skrll 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5449  1.1     skrll 	 without the "/".  */
   5450  1.1     skrll 
   5451  1.1     skrll       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5452  1.1     skrll 	{
   5453  1.1     skrll 	  char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
   5454  1.1     skrll 
   5455  1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
   5456  1.1     skrll 	  strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
   5457  1.1     skrll 
   5458  1.1     skrll 	  (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5459  1.1     skrll 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5460  1.1     skrll 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5461  1.1     skrll 	}
   5462  1.1     skrll 
   5463  1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5464  1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5465  1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5466  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5467  1.1     skrll     }
   5468  1.1     skrll 
   5469  1.1     skrll   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5470  1.1     skrll   alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
   5471  1.1     skrll 
   5472  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5473  1.1     skrll     {
   5474  1.1     skrll       const char *name, *retval;
   5475  1.1     skrll 
   5476  1.1     skrll       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5477  1.1     skrll       retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
   5478  1.1     skrll       if (retval)
   5479  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
   5480  1.1     skrll 		  name, retval);
   5481  1.1     skrll 
   5482  1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5483  1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5484  1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5485  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5486  1.1     skrll     }
   5487  1.1     skrll 
   5488  1.1     skrll   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5489  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5490  1.1     skrll     {
   5491  1.1     skrll       char name[4];
   5492  1.1     skrll 
   5493  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5494  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5495  1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5496  1.1     skrll     }
   5497  1.1     skrll 
   5498  1.1     skrll   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5499  1.1     skrll     {
   5500  1.1     skrll       char name[5];
   5501  1.1     skrll 
   5502  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5503  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5504  1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5505  1.1     skrll     }
   5506  1.1     skrll 
   5507  1.1     skrll   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5508  1.1     skrll 
   5509  1.1     skrll   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5510  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5511  1.1     skrll 
   5512  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5513  1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5514  1.1     skrll 
   5515  1.1     skrll   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5516  1.1     skrll      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5517  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
   5518  1.1     skrll 				   &zero_address_frag);
   5519  1.1     skrll #endif
   5520  1.1     skrll 
   5521  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5522  1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5523  1.1     skrll #endif
   5524  1.1     skrll 
   5525  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5526  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5527  1.1     skrll     {
   5528  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
   5529  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5530  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
   5531  1.1     skrll     }
   5532  1.1     skrll #endif
   5533  1.1     skrll 
   5534  1.1     skrll   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5535  1.1     skrll   alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
   5536  1.1     skrll 
   5537  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5538  1.1     skrll }
   5539  1.1     skrll 
   5540  1.1     skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5541  1.1     skrll 
   5542  1.1     skrll void
   5543  1.1     skrll md_assemble (char *str)
   5544  1.1     skrll {
   5545  1.1     skrll   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5546  1.1     skrll   char opname[32];
   5547  1.1     skrll   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5548  1.1     skrll   int ntok, trunclen;
   5549  1.1     skrll   size_t opnamelen;
   5550  1.1     skrll 
   5551  1.1     skrll   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5552  1.1     skrll   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5553  1.1     skrll   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5554  1.1     skrll 	      ? opnamelen
   5555  1.1     skrll 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5556  1.1     skrll   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5557  1.1     skrll   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5558  1.1     skrll 
   5559  1.1     skrll   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5560  1.1     skrll   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5561  1.1     skrll     {
   5562  1.1     skrll       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5563  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5564  1.1     skrll 
   5565  1.1     skrll       return;
   5566  1.1     skrll     }
   5567  1.1     skrll 
   5568  1.1     skrll   /* Finish it off.  */
   5569  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5570  1.1     skrll }
   5571  1.1     skrll 
   5572  1.1     skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5573  1.1     skrll 
   5574  1.1     skrll valueT
   5575  1.6  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5576  1.1     skrll {
   5577  1.1     skrll   int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
   5578  1.6  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5579  1.1     skrll 
   5580  1.1     skrll   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5581  1.1     skrll }
   5582  1.1     skrll 
   5583  1.1     skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5584  1.1     skrll    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5585  1.1     skrll    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5586  1.1     skrll    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5587  1.1     skrll 
   5588  1.1     skrll const char *
   5589  1.1     skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5590  1.1     skrll {
   5591  1.1     skrll   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5592  1.1     skrll 
   5593  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   5594  1.1     skrll     {
   5595  1.1     skrll       /* VAX floats.  */
   5596  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5597  1.1     skrll       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5598  1.6  christos       type = 'g';
   5599  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5600  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   5601  1.1     skrll       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5602  1.1     skrll 
   5603  1.1     skrll     default:
   5604  1.1     skrll       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
   5605  1.1     skrll     }
   5606  1.1     skrll }
   5607  1.1     skrll 
   5608  1.1     skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5609  1.1     skrll 
   5610  1.1     skrll int
   5611  1.1     skrll md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5612  1.1     skrll {
   5613  1.1     skrll   switch (c)
   5614  1.1     skrll     {
   5615  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5616  1.1     skrll       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5617  1.1     skrll       break;
   5618  1.1     skrll 
   5619  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5620  1.1     skrll       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5621  1.1     skrll       break;
   5622  1.1     skrll 
   5623  1.1     skrll     case 'g':
   5624  1.1     skrll       alpha_debug = 1;
   5625  1.1     skrll       break;
   5626  1.1     skrll 
   5627  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5628  1.1     skrll       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5629  1.1     skrll       break;
   5630  1.1     skrll 
   5631  1.1     skrll     case 'm':
   5632  1.1     skrll       {
   5633  1.1     skrll 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5634  1.1     skrll 
   5635  1.1     skrll 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5636  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5637  1.1     skrll 	    {
   5638  1.1     skrll 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5639  1.1     skrll 	      goto found;
   5640  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5641  1.1     skrll 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5642  1.1     skrll       found:;
   5643  1.1     skrll       }
   5644  1.3  christos       break;
   5645  1.3  christos 
   5646  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5647  1.3  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5648  1.3  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5649  1.3  christos       break;
   5650  1.3  christos 
   5651  1.3  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5652  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5653  1.1     skrll       break;
   5654  1.1     skrll 
   5655  1.1     skrll     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5656  1.1     skrll       break;
   5657  1.1     skrll 
   5658  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5659  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5660  1.1     skrll       break;
   5661  1.1     skrll 
   5662  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5663  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5664  1.1     skrll       break;
   5665  1.1     skrll #endif
   5666  1.1     skrll 
   5667  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5668  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5669  1.1     skrll       break;
   5670  1.1     skrll 
   5671  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5672  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5673  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5674  1.1     skrll       break;
   5675  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5676  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5677  1.1     skrll       break;
   5678  1.1     skrll #endif
   5679  1.1     skrll 
   5680  1.1     skrll     default:
   5681  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   5682  1.1     skrll     }
   5683  1.1     skrll 
   5684  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   5685  1.1     skrll }
   5686  1.1     skrll 
   5687  1.1     skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5688  1.1     skrll 
   5689  1.1     skrll void
   5690  1.1     skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5691  1.3  christos {
   5692  1.3  christos   fputs (_("\
   5693  1.3  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5694  1.1     skrll -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5695  1.1     skrll -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5696  1.1     skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5697  1.1     skrll 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5698  1.1     skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5699  1.1     skrll 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5700  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5701  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5702  1.1     skrll   fputs (_("\
   5703  1.1     skrll VMS options:\n\
   5704  1.1     skrll -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5705  1.1     skrll -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5706  1.1     skrll -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5707  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5708  1.1     skrll #endif
   5709  1.1     skrll }
   5710  1.1     skrll 
   5711  1.1     skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5712  1.1     skrll    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5713  1.1     skrll 
   5714  1.1     skrll long
   5715  1.1     skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5716  1.1     skrll {
   5717  1.1     skrll   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5718  1.1     skrll 
   5719  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5720  1.1     skrll     {
   5721  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5722  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5723  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5724  1.1     skrll       return addr + 4;
   5725  1.1     skrll     default:
   5726  1.1     skrll       return addr;
   5727  1.1     skrll     }
   5728  1.1     skrll }
   5729  1.1     skrll 
   5730  1.1     skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5731  1.1     skrll    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5732  1.1     skrll    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5733  1.1     skrll 
   5734  1.1     skrll    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5735  1.1     skrll    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5736  1.1     skrll    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5737  1.1     skrll    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5738  1.1     skrll    GPDISP.  */
   5739  1.1     skrll 
   5740  1.1     skrll void
   5741  1.1     skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5742  1.1     skrll {
   5743  1.1     skrll   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5744  1.1     skrll   valueT value = * valP;
   5745  1.1     skrll   unsigned image, size;
   5746  1.1     skrll 
   5747  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5748  1.1     skrll     {
   5749  1.1     skrll       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5750  1.1     skrll 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5751  1.1     skrll 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5752  1.1     skrll 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5753  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5754  1.1     skrll       {
   5755  1.1     skrll 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5756  1.1     skrll 
   5757  1.1     skrll 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5758  1.1     skrll 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5759  1.1     skrll 	   error message.  */
   5760  1.1     skrll 	if (next)
   5761  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5762  1.1     skrll 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5763  1.1     skrll 
   5764  1.1     skrll 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5765  1.1     skrll       }
   5766  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5767  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5768  1.1     skrll #endif
   5769  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5770  1.1     skrll 
   5771  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5772  1.1     skrll       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5773  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5774  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5775  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5776  1.1     skrll #endif
   5777  1.1     skrll 
   5778  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_gp:
   5779  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5780  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5781  1.1     skrll       break;
   5782  1.1     skrll 
   5783  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5784  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5785  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5786  1.1     skrll       size = 2;
   5787  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5788  1.1     skrll 
   5789  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5790  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5791  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5792  1.1     skrll       size = 4;
   5793  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5794  1.1     skrll 
   5795  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5796  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5797  1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5798  1.1     skrll       size = 8;
   5799  1.1     skrll 
   5800  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_xx:
   5801  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5802  1.1     skrll 	{
   5803  1.1     skrll 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5804  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5805  1.1     skrll 	}
   5806  1.1     skrll       return;
   5807  1.1     skrll 
   5808  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5809  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5810  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5811  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5812  1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5813  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5814  1.1     skrll       break;
   5815  1.1     skrll #else
   5816  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5817  1.1     skrll #endif
   5818  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5819  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5820  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5821  1.1     skrll       return;
   5822  1.1     skrll 
   5823  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5824  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5825  1.1     skrll 	{
   5826  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5827  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5828  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5829  1.1     skrll 	}
   5830  1.1     skrll       return;
   5831  1.1     skrll 
   5832  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5833  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5834  1.1     skrll 	{
   5835  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5836  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5837  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5838  1.1     skrll 	}
   5839  1.1     skrll       return;
   5840  1.1     skrll 
   5841  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5842  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5843  1.1     skrll       return;
   5844  1.1     skrll 
   5845  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5846  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5847  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5848  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5849  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5850  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5851  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5852  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5853  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5854  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5855  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5856  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5857  1.1     skrll       return;
   5858  1.3  christos #endif
   5859  1.3  christos 
   5860  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5861  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5862  1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5863  1.3  christos       return;
   5864  1.3  christos #endif
   5865  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5866  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5867  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5868  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5869  1.3  christos       return;
   5870  1.3  christos 
   5871  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5872  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5873  1.3  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5874  1.3  christos 
   5875  1.3  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5876  1.3  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5877  1.3  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5878  1.3  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5879  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5880  1.3  christos 	{
   5881  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5882  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5883  1.3  christos 	}
   5884  1.3  christos 
   5885  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
   5886  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5887  1.3  christos       else
   5888  1.3  christos 	{
   5889  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5890  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5891  1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5892  1.3  christos 	}
   5893  1.3  christos 
   5894  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5895  1.3  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5896  1.3  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5897  1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5898  1.3  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5899  1.3  christos 	{
   5900  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5901  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5902  1.3  christos 	}
   5903  1.3  christos 
   5904  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
   5905  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5906  1.3  christos       else
   5907  1.3  christos 	{
   5908  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5909  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5910  1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5911  1.3  christos 	}
   5912  1.3  christos 
   5913  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5914  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5915  1.3  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5916  1.3  christos 
   5917  1.3  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5918  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5919  1.3  christos 	{
   5920  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5921  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5922  1.3  christos 	}
   5923  1.3  christos 
   5924  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
   5925  1.3  christos 	{
   5926  1.3  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5927  1.3  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5928  1.3  christos 	    {
   5929  1.3  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5930  1.3  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5931  1.1     skrll 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5932  1.1     skrll 	      goto write_done;
   5933  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5934  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5935  1.1     skrll 	}
   5936  1.1     skrll       else
   5937  1.1     skrll 	{
   5938  1.1     skrll 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5939  1.1     skrll 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5940  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5941  1.1     skrll 	}
   5942  1.1     skrll #endif
   5943  1.3  christos 
   5944  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5945  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5946  1.1     skrll       return;
   5947  1.1     skrll 
   5948  1.1     skrll     default:
   5949  1.1     skrll       {
   5950  1.1     skrll 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5951  1.1     skrll 
   5952  1.1     skrll 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5953  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5954  1.1     skrll 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5955  1.1     skrll 
   5956  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5957  1.1     skrll 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5958  1.1     skrll 
   5959  1.1     skrll 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5960  1.1     skrll 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5961  1.1     skrll 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5962  1.1     skrll 
   5963  1.1     skrll 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5964  1.1     skrll 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5965  1.1     skrll 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5966  1.1     skrll 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5967  1.1     skrll 
   5968  1.1     skrll 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5969  1.1     skrll 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5970  1.1     skrll 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5971  1.1     skrll       }
   5972  1.1     skrll       goto write_done;
   5973  1.1     skrll     }
   5974  1.1     skrll 
   5975  1.1     skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5976  1.1     skrll     return;
   5977  1.1     skrll   else
   5978  1.1     skrll     {
   5979  1.1     skrll       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5980  1.1     skrll 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5981  1.1     skrll       goto done;
   5982  1.1     skrll     }
   5983  1.1     skrll 
   5984  1.1     skrll write_done:
   5985  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5986  1.1     skrll 
   5987  1.1     skrll done:
   5988  1.1     skrll   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5989  1.1     skrll }
   5990  1.1     skrll 
   5991  1.1     skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   5992  1.1     skrll 
   5993  1.1     skrll symbolS *
   5994  1.1     skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   5995  1.1     skrll {
   5996  1.1     skrll   if (*name == '$')
   5997  1.1     skrll     {
   5998  1.1     skrll       int is_float = 0, num;
   5999  1.1     skrll 
   6000  1.1     skrll       switch (*++name)
   6001  1.1     skrll 	{
   6002  1.1     skrll 	case 'f':
   6003  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6004  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   6005  1.1     skrll 	  is_float = 32;
   6006  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6007  1.1     skrll 
   6008  1.1     skrll 	case 'r':
   6009  1.1     skrll 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   6010  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6011  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6012  1.1     skrll 
   6013  1.1     skrll 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   6014  1.1     skrll 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   6015  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   6016  1.1     skrll 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   6017  1.1     skrll 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   6018  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6019  1.1     skrll 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   6020  1.1     skrll 	      if (num >= 32)
   6021  1.1     skrll 		break;
   6022  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6023  1.1     skrll 	  else
   6024  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6025  1.1     skrll 
   6026  1.1     skrll 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6027  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6028  1.1     skrll 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6029  1.1     skrll 
   6030  1.1     skrll 	case 'a':
   6031  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6032  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6033  1.1     skrll 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6034  1.1     skrll 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6035  1.1     skrll 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6036  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6037  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6038  1.1     skrll 
   6039  1.1     skrll 	case 'g':
   6040  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6041  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6042  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6043  1.1     skrll 
   6044  1.1     skrll 	case 's':
   6045  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6046  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6047  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6048  1.1     skrll 	}
   6049  1.1     skrll     }
   6050  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   6051  1.1     skrll }
   6052  1.1     skrll 
   6053  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6054  1.1     skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6055  1.1     skrll 
   6056  1.1     skrll void
   6057  1.1     skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6058  1.1     skrll {
   6059  1.1     skrll   select_gp_value ();
   6060  1.1     skrll   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6061  1.1     skrll   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6062  1.1     skrll   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6063  1.1     skrll }
   6064  1.1     skrll #endif
   6065  1.1     skrll 
   6066  1.1     skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6067  1.1     skrll    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6068  1.1     skrll    required.  */
   6069  1.1     skrll 
   6070  1.1     skrll void
   6071  1.1     skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6072  1.1     skrll {
   6073  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6074  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6075  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6076  1.1     skrll #endif
   6077  1.1     skrll }
   6078  1.1     skrll 
   6079  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6080  1.1     skrll    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6081  1.1     skrll 
   6082  1.1     skrll int
   6083  1.1     skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6084  1.1     skrll {
   6085  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6086  1.1     skrll     return 1;
   6087  1.1     skrll 
   6088  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6089  1.1     skrll     {
   6090  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6091  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6092  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6093  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6094  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6095  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6096  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6097  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6098  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6099  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6100  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6101  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6102  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6103  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6104  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6105  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6106  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6107  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6108  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6109  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6110  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6111  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6112  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6113  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6114  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6115  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6116  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6117  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6118  1.1     skrll #endif
   6119  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6120  1.1     skrll 
   6121  1.1     skrll     default:
   6122  1.1     skrll       break;
   6123  1.1     skrll     }
   6124  1.1     skrll 
   6125  1.1     skrll   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6126  1.1     skrll }
   6127  1.1     skrll 
   6128  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6129  1.1     skrll 
   6130  1.1     skrll int
   6131  1.1     skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6132  1.1     skrll {
   6133  1.1     skrll   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6134  1.1     skrll      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6135  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6136  1.1     skrll     {
   6137  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6138  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6139  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6140  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6141  1.1     skrll 
   6142  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6143  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6144  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6145  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6146  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6147  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6148  1.1     skrll 
   6149  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6150  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6151  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6152  1.1     skrll 
   6153  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6154  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6155  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6156  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6157  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6158  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6159  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6160  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6161  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6162  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6163  1.1     skrll 
   6164  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6165  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6166  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6167  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6168  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6169  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6170  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6171  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6172  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6173  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6174  1.1     skrll       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6175  1.1     skrll 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6176  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6177  1.1     skrll 
   6178  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6179  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6180  1.1     skrll       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6181  1.1     skrll          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6182  1.1     skrll       {
   6183  1.1     skrll 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6184  1.1     skrll 	const char *name;
   6185  1.1     skrll 	int offset = 0;
   6186  1.1     skrll 
   6187  1.1     skrll 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6188  1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   6189  1.1     skrll 
   6190  1.1     skrll 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6191  1.1     skrll 	  {
   6192  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6193  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6194  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6195  1.1     skrll 	    offset = 8;
   6196  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6197  1.1     skrll 	  default:
   6198  1.1     skrll 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6199  1.3  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6200  1.3  christos 	    else
   6201  1.3  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6202  1.3  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6203  1.3  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6204  1.3  christos 		name);
   6205  1.3  christos 	    break;
   6206  1.1     skrll 	  }
   6207  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6208  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6209  1.1     skrll 	return 1;
   6210  1.1     skrll       }
   6211  1.1     skrll #endif
   6212  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6213  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6214  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6215  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6216  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6217  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6218  1.1     skrll #endif
   6219  1.1     skrll 
   6220  1.1     skrll     default:
   6221  1.6  christos       return 1;
   6222  1.6  christos     }
   6223  1.1     skrll }
   6224  1.1     skrll 
   6225  1.1     skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6226  1.1     skrll    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6227  1.1     skrll 
   6228  1.3  christos arelent *
   6229  1.1     skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6230  1.1     skrll 	      fixS *fixp)
   6231  1.1     skrll {
   6232  1.1     skrll   arelent *reloc;
   6233  1.1     skrll 
   6234  1.1     skrll   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   6235  1.1     skrll   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   6236  1.1     skrll   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6237  1.1     skrll   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6238  1.1     skrll 
   6239  1.1     skrll   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6240  1.1     skrll      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6241  1.1     skrll   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6242  1.1     skrll 
   6243  1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6244  1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6245  1.3  christos     {
   6246  1.1     skrll       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6247  1.1     skrll 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6248  1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6249  1.3  christos       return NULL;
   6250  1.1     skrll     }
   6251  1.1     skrll 
   6252  1.1     skrll   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6253  1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6254  1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6255  1.3  christos 
   6256  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6257  1.3  christos 
   6258  1.3  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6259  1.3  christos 
   6260  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6261  1.3  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6262  1.3  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6263  1.3  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6264  1.3  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6265  1.3  christos #endif
   6266  1.3  christos 
   6267  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6268  1.3  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6269  1.3  christos     {
   6270  1.3  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6271  1.3  christos       const char *pname;
   6272  1.3  christos       int pname_len;
   6273  1.3  christos 
   6274  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6275  1.3  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6276  1.3  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6277  1.3  christos       break;
   6278  1.6  christos 
   6279  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6280  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6281  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6282  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6283  1.4  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6284  1.3  christos 
   6285  1.3  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6286  1.3  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6287  1.3  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6288  1.3  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6289  1.3  christos 	{
   6290  1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6291  1.3  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6292  1.3  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6293  1.3  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6294  1.3  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6295  1.3  christos 	    abort ();
   6296  1.3  christos 
   6297  1.6  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6298  1.3  christos 	    {
   6299  1.3  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6300  1.3  christos 
   6301  1.3  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6302  1.3  christos 	         written program.  */
   6303  1.3  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6304  1.3  christos 		break;
   6305  1.3  christos 	      sym = n;
   6306  1.3  christos 	    }
   6307  1.3  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6308  1.3  christos 	}
   6309  1.1     skrll 
   6310  1.1     skrll       udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
   6311  1.1     skrll       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6312  1.1     skrll       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6313  1.1     skrll       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6314  1.1     skrll       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6315  1.1     skrll         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6316  1.1     skrll       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6317  1.1     skrll       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6318  1.1     skrll 
   6319  1.1     skrll     default:
   6320  1.1     skrll       break;
   6321  1.1     skrll     }
   6322  1.1     skrll #endif
   6323  1.1     skrll 
   6324  1.1     skrll   return reloc;
   6325  1.1     skrll }
   6326  1.1     skrll 
   6327  1.1     skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6328  1.5  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6329  1.5  christos    matching for us.
   6330  1.1     skrll 
   6331  1.1     skrll    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6332  1.1     skrll 
   6333  1.1     skrll int
   6334  1.1     skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6335  1.1     skrll {
   6336  1.1     skrll   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6337  1.1     skrll 
   6338  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6339  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6340  1.1     skrll     {
   6341  1.1     skrll       char *s;
   6342  1.1     skrll       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6343  1.1     skrll       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6344  1.1     skrll 
   6345  1.1     skrll       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6346  1.1     skrll       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6347  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   6348  1.1     skrll     }
   6349  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6350  1.1     skrll 
   6351  1.1     skrll found:
   6352  1.1     skrll   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6353  1.1     skrll   return framereg;
   6354  1.1     skrll }
   6355  1.1     skrll 
   6356  1.1     skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6357  1.1     skrll    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6358  1.1     skrll    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6359  1.1     skrll    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6360  1.1     skrll    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6361  1.1     skrll    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6362  1.1     skrll 
   6363  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6364  1.1     skrll 
   6365  1.1     skrll void
   6366                alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6367                {
   6368                  if (alpha_debug != 0
   6369                      && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6370                    flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6371                }
   6372                
   6373                #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6374                
   6375                /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6376                   IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6377                   format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6378                #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6379